Docstoc

eia_translate

Document Sample
eia_translate Powered By Docstoc
					 VIETNAM NATIONAL COAL - MINERAL INDUSTRIES GROUP
        NUI BEO COAL JOINT STOCK COMPANY - TKV
                -------------- --------------




  THE ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT
    ASSESSMENT REPORT
    "PROJECT OF INVESTMENTS AND CONSTRUCTION
   OF UNDERGROUND MINING OF NUI BEO COAL MINE"




(MODIFIED AND COMPLETED BY COMMENTS OF EVALUATION
 BOARD ABOUT THE ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
           REPORT DATE 06 DECEMBER 2010)




                 Quang Ninh - 2011




                        1
 VIETNAM NATIONAL COAL - MINERAL INDUSTRIES GROUP
        NUI BEO COAL JOINT STOCK COMPANY - TKV
                -------------- --------------




  THE ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT
    ASSESSMENT REPORT
    "PROJECT OF INVESTMENTS AND CONSTRUCTION
   OF UNDERGROUND MINING OF NUI BEO COAL MINE"




(MODIFIED AND COMPLETED BY COMMENTS OF EVALUATION
 BOARD ABOUT THE ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
           REPORT DATE 06 DECEMBER 2010)




   PROJECT’S INVESTOR         PROJECT’S ADVISOR
   THE NUI BEO COAL JSC       INSTITUTE OF MINING
   JOINT STOCK COMPANY        SIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
        VINACOMIN                  VINACOMIN




                          2
                           TABLE OF CONTENTS

INTRODUCTION                                                                   6

I. ORIGIN OF THE PROJECT                                     6
II. BASIS OF LEGAL AND TECHNICAL IMPLEMENTATION OF THE
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT (EIA)                        6
II.1. The legal basis and technical EIA report               6
II.2. The standards and regulations apply to the EIA report  7
II.3. Data sources used in the EIA report                    9
III. METHODS USED IN EIA REPORT                              9
IV. IMPLEMENTATION                                          10

CHAPTER I: DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT SUMMARY                                    12

1.1. NAME OF PROJECT                                                          12
1.2. PROJECT INVESTOR                                                         12
1.3. GEOGRAPHY PLACE OF PROJECT                                               12
1.4. MAIN CONTENTS OF THE PROJECT                                             13
1.4.1. Status of exploiting space of Nui Beo coal mine                        13
1.4.2. Forms of investment and project management.                            14
1.4.3. Borders, capacity, output, working mechanism and the mine lifetime     14
1.4.4. Technology of exploitation                                             16
1.4.5. The impacts on opening and mining exploitation                         36
1.4.6. Statistics of machinery and equipment of the project                   44
1.4.7. Types of course materials for the project.                             49
1.4.8. Total investment of the project                                        50
1.4.9. Organization of production management and allocation of labor          50

Chapter 2                                                                     52
NATURAL, ENVIRONMENTAL AND ECONOMIC - SOCIAL CONDITIONS 52
2.1. NATURAL AND ENVIRONMENT CONDITIONS                                       52
2.1.1. Conditions of geography, topography, climate,                          52
2.1.2. Mine geological features                                               56
2.1.3. Geological characteristics                                             58
2.1.4. Hydro-geological characteristics                                       62
2.1.5. Status of natural environmental components.                            62
2.1.6. Preliminary evaluation of the sensitivity of the project and load capacity
of the environment of the project area                                        80
2.1.7. The regional land use of planing industrial space of the project.     82

2.2. ECONOMIC - SOCIAL.CONDITIONS                                            82
2.2.1. Economic conditions.                                                  82
2.2.2. Social conditions                                                     83

CHAPTER 3: EVALUATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT                                 85

3.1. IMPACT ASSESSMENT                                                        85
3.1.1. Principles of assessment, sources of impact and audience impact        85



                                       3
3.1.2. Waste load, the scale effect.                                     88
3.1.3. Assessing the environmental impacts of the project                97
3.1.4. General evaluation of project impacts                            116

3.2. COMMENTS ON THE EXTENT OF DETAIL, RELIABILITY OF
ASSESSMENT                                                             119

CHAPTER 4: MEASURES TO MINIMIZE NEGATIVE IMPACT,
PREVENTION AND RESPONSE TO ENVIRONMENTAL INCIDENTS 123

4.1 MEASURES TO MINIMIZE NEGATIVE IMPACTS                            123
4.1.1. The measures during project preparation.                      123
4.1.2. Measures to minimize adverse impacts during the construction  124
4.1.3. The measures to minimize adverse impacts on the environment during
production                                                           128
4.1.4. Measures to minimize adverse impacts after the project        140

4.2. MEASURES TO PREVENT AND REDUCE THE IMPACT OF
ENVIRONMENTAL INCIDENTS DO                                               141
4.2.1. Prevention Team and fix the problems                              141
4.2.2. The measures to control fire and methane explosion                141
4.2.3. The safety measures by blasting                                   143
4.2.4. Safety measures for fire and explosion.                           144
4.2.5. Measures to prevent and handle incidents of water podium          144
4.2.6. The prevention of incidents subsidence, landslides and rock collapsed
kiln                                                                     145
4.2.7. Landslides in the landfill                                        146

CHAPTER 5: MANAGEMENT AND ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING                     147
5.1. PROGRAM MANAGEMENT                                                147
5.1.1. Environmental management program                                147
5.1.2. Estimated funding for environmental protection                  150
5.1.3. Funding for renovation and restoration of the environment       152
5.1.4. Escrow environment                                              155
5.2. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM                                  156
5.2.1. Monitoring of waste.                                            156
5.2.2. Environmental monitoring around                                 159
5.2.3. Other Monitoring                                                161

Chapter 6: Community consultation                     162
6.1. OPINION OF THE PEOPLE'S COMMITTEE WARD HA TU     162
6.2.COMMENTS OF NATIONAL FRONT’SCOMMITEE OF WARD HATU 162
6.3. INVESTOR’S COMMENT AND COMMITMENT TO THE COMMENTS
OF PEOPLE COMMITEE AND NATIONAL FRONT’S COMMITEE OF THE
COMMUNE                                               163

CONCLUSIONS, RECOMMENDATIONS AND COMMITMENTS                            164
I. CONCLUSIONS                                                          164
II. RECOMMENDATION                                                      165
III. COMMITMENTS                                                      165


                                      4
LIST OF TABLES

Table 1: List of officers involved in making environmental impact assessment
report                                                                    10
Table 1.1: Land range of the mine                                         12
Table 1.2: Capacity of mine                                               15
Table 1.3: The inventory of equipment and major construction line         18
Table 1.4: Quantity of transport requirements                             21
Table 1.5: General flow of air required for mine                          21
Table 1.6: The list of equipments separating stones                       26
Table 1.7: The averall table of the building separating stones            26
Table 1.8: Water demand of mine                                           27
Table 1.9: Specifications of industrial area                              32
Table 1.10: technical specifications of supporting surface                32
Table 1.11: Volume of compensation for land                               33
Table 1.12: The schedule of the ground work                               34
Table 1.13: Progress of tunneling construction                            36
Table 1.14. Safe distance from the shock                                  37
Table 1.15. Safe distance from the impact of air waves                    37
Table 1.16. Safety distance of stone shoting                              38
Table 1.17. Characteristics of soil damage by shifting speed              39
Table 1.18. Smallest distance from the area exposed in open mine to the
mining tunnels                                                            39
Table 1.19. The size explosion safety for tunnels                         40
Table 1.20: The strain values for each type of works                      42
Table 1.21: List of main equipment for the project                        44
Table 1.22: List of equipments of automatically monitoring system for
methane gas                                                               48
Table 1.23: Fuel, raw materials for the project                           49
Table 1.24: The main economic indicators of the project                   50
Table 1.25: Workforce of the mine                                         51
Table 1.26: Labor productivity of mine                                    51

Table 2.1: The average air temperature                                53
Table 2.2: Average rainfall (mm)                                      53
Table 2.3: Average number of rainy days                               53
Table 2.4: Average number of sunny hours in months                    54
Table 2.5: The average humidity in months of 2009 in the project area 54
Table 2.6: Wind speed in months                                       55
Table 2.7: Mechanical properties of the rock walls of the coal seams  60
Table 2.8: Content of the main gases                                  61
Table 2.9: Overall content and high gas concentrations                61
Table 2.10: Location of monitoring air quality, noise and microclimate
conditions                                                            63

Table 2.11a: The results of air environment in the mining area of Nui Beo
Coal Mine dated on 20-22 August 2009                                   64
Table 2.11b: The results of air environment in the mining area of Nui Beo
Coal Mine dated on 24-26 February 2010                                 65


                                     5
Table 2.12. Coordinates placement of monitoring water enviroment in project
area                                                                         68
Table 2.13a: The results of environment of surface water in the mining area of
Nui Beo Coal Mine dated on 20-22 August 2009                                 70
Table 2.13b: The results of environment of surface water in the mining area of
Nui Beo Coal Mine dated on 24-26 February 2010                               70
Table 2.14a: Results of environmental monitoring of industrial wastewater in
the mining area of Nui Beo Coal Mine dated on 20-22 August 2009               72
Table 2.14b: Results of environmental monitoring of industrial wastewater in
the mining area of Nui Beo Coal Mine dated on 24-26 February 2010            73
Table 2.14c: Results of environmental monitoring regional waste water in
mining projects area of Nui Beo coal mine                                    74
Table 2.15: Results of environmental monitoring groundwater in mining
projects area of Nui Beo coal mine                                           75
Table 2.16a: Results of environmental monitoring regional water in mining
projects area of Nui Beo coal mine dated on 20-22 August 2009                76
Table 2.16b: Results of environmental monitoring regional water in mining
projects area of Nui Beo coal mine dated on 24-26 February 2010              76
Table 2.17: location coordinates environmental monitoring project land        77
Table 2.18a: Rusults of analysis of soil samples from the project area of Nui
Beo Coal Mine on 20-22 August 2009                                           77
Table 2.18b: Rusults of analysis of soil samples from the project area of Nui
Beo Coal Mine on 24-26 February 2010                                         78
Table 2.19: Scale evaluation of the pH                                       79
Table 2.20: The limit indicator of levels of nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium
in 6 soil groups of Vietnam                                                   79
Table 2.21: Limits the total amount of some heavy metals in some soils -
Vietnam Standards QCVN Regulation 03: 2008/BTNMT                             79

Table 3.1: Sources of impacts, subject of impacts related to waste         85
Table 3.2: The sources of impacts, subject of impacts non-related to waste 87
Table 3.3: The risk of environmental accidents, subject of the impact      87
Table 3.4: Quantity of the rock, soil digging, leveling the ground during
construction                                                               88
Table 3.5: Quantity of construction in the basic tunneling                 89
Table 3.6: Estimated amount of dust during tunneling construction          90
Table 3.7: Estimates amount of the gas during tunneling construction       90
Table 3.8: Quantity of annual explosive used in the Nui Beo Coal Mine      91
Table 3.9: Estimated amount of dust during the production process on the
ground                                                                     93
Table 3.10: Estimated amount of annual emissions generated by fuel
combustion form motors                                                     94
Table 3.11: Total volume of pollutants in waste water                      94
Table 3.12. The estimated waste water from coal mining operations in Nui
Beo Coal Mine                                                              95
Table 3.13: Amount of substances in the wastwater at Nui Beo Mine          95
Table 3.14: Range of the environmental impacts of the project              96
Table 3.15: Usual noises of certain types of construction machines         99
Table 3.16: The amount of CH4 + H2 gas escaped into the environment each
year in the mine Nui Beo                                                  102


                                       6
Table 3.17: Content of pollutants in wastewater into the streams (without
mitigation measures) according to standard 20 TCN - 51-84                     105
Table 3.18: The range of the project impacts to the environment               109
Table 3.19: Level of project impacts to the environment components            118
Table 3.20: The detail levels, the reliability of the evaluation during
construction                                                                  119
Table 3.21: The detail levels, the reliability of the assessment in the
operational phase of the project                                              120
Table 3.22: The detail levels and the reliability of the evaluation for the ending
period of project                                                             122

Table 4.1: Costs of water and its efficiency                           125
Table 4.2: Total quantity of supplies and equipments for the clearing away
dust in mining areas by blasting                                       128
Table 4.3: Total quantity of supplies and equipments for the clearing away
dust in the partitioning areas                                         129

Table 5.1: Environmental Management Program                                  148
Table 5.2: List of environmental treatment facilities                        150
Table 5.3: Estimated Budget and schedule of works                            150

Protecting the water environment                                            150
Table 5.4: Estimated Budget and schedule of works to reduce air pollution151
Table 5.5: Estimated Budget to reduce environmental pollution by solid waste
                                                                           152
Table 5.6: Cost estimate for construction of works for environmental protection
of project                                                                  152
Table 5.7: Total quantity of the renovation and restoration of the environment
                                                                           153
Table 5.8: Total cost to renovate and restore the environment of the project
                                                                           154
Table 5.9: Monitoring of waste                                              157
Table 5.10: Monitoring of envirroments around                               159
Table 5.11: Monitoring of other factors                                     161



LIST OF DRAWINGS


Figure 1.1: Diagram of mining technology - coal processing and the main
environmental impacts                                                        20
Figure 1.2: Diagram of the technological line separating stones in surface +35
25
Figure 4.1: Method of loading of explosives, water, and clay                125
Figure 4.2: Principle schema of dust protection during tunneling by blasting
                                                                           126
Figure 4.3: Principle schema of dust protection by water - compressed air for
processing facilities                                                       129



                                        7
Figure 4.4: Principle schema of high pressure misting systems to remove dust
on the road in industrial surface                                       130
Figure 4.5: Diagram of water treatment technology for NuiBeo coal mine 134
Figure 4.6: Schema of tank for separating oil                           135
Figure 4.7: Diagram of water treatment technology for wastewater of Nui Beo
Coal Mine                                                               137



LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

BTNMT                     Ministry of Natural Resources and
Environment
BTC                       Ministry of Finance
CP                        Government
MB                        Space
QCVN                      Vietnam Regulation
TTg                       Prime Minister
TTLT                      Decrees
TVCN                      Vietnam Standards
UBND                      People's People Committee
UBMTTQ                    Committee of National Front
WHO                       World Health Organization




                                     8
INTRODUCTION

I. ORIGIN OF THE PROJECT

       According to the strategic development of Vietnam's coal industry
until 2015 with the review into 2025, which was approved by the Prime
Minister in Decision No. 89/2008/QD-TTg dated 07/7/2008, Nui Beo
Coal Mine is one of the new mines, which has an investment priorities
in the future from The Vietnam National Coal - Minerals Industries
Group.
       Demand in coal use of the national economy increases repidly in
the coming years.
       With the significant economic and social meanings as above, the
preparation of investment projects in mining Nui Beo Coal Mine with the
capacity of 2 million tons / year is needed to ensure stable employment
for workers and significant contribution in the development of the
industry, meet the growing coal needs of the market.
       According to Decree No. 21/2008/ND-CP, the Project
"Investments in construction for mining extracting coal in Nui Beo Coal
Mine" is required to make reports on environmental impact assessment.
Approval level for the environmental impact assessment report is the
Ministry of Natural Resources and Environment.
       The organization approving the investment project: The Vietnam
National Coal - Minerals Industries Group.

II. LEGAL AND TECHNICAL BASIS FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF
THE ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT (EIA)

II.1. The legal and technical basis for formulate EIA report

II.1.1. Legal basis
- Law on Environmental Protection 52/2005/QH11, approved by
Vietnam National Assembly of the Republic Socialist Republic of
Vietnam in the term XI, in the 8th conference, dated on 29 November
2005, issued on 12 December 2005 , with effect from 01 July 2006.
- Mineral Law from March 20, 1996, the Law amending and
supplementing some articles of the Minerals Law from June 14, 2005.
- Investment Law No. 59/2005/QH11 dated 29 November 2005.
- Land Law by the National Assembly of Socialist Republic of Vietnam,
the term X, 4th Conference from November 26, 2003.
- Law on forest protection and development of 29/2004/QH11 from 03
December 2004. Pursuant to the Constitution of the Socialist Republic
of Vietnam in 1992, amended and supplemented under Resolution No.
51/2001/QH10 from December 25, 2001 of the term X of National
Assembly, 10th Conference.


                                   9
- Decree No. 80/2006/ND-CP dated 08/09/2006 of Government on
detailed regulations and guidelines for implementation of some articles
of the Law on Environmental Protection.
- Decree No. 21/2008/ND-CP dated 28/02/2008 of the Government
amending and supplementing some articles of Decree No. 80/2006/ND-
CP appointing details and guide for the implementation of the Law on
Environmental Protection.
- Decree No. 108/ND-CP dated 22/09/2006 of the Government
providing detailed regulations to guide the implementation of some
articles of Law on Investment.
- Decree No. 160/2005/ND- CP dated 27/12/2005 of the Government
detailing and guiding the implementation of the Minerals Law and the
Law amending and supplementing some articles of the Minerals Law.
- Decree No. 59/2007/ND-CP dated 09/04/2007 of Government on the
management of solid waste.
- Decree No. 63/2008/ND-CP dated 13/05/2008 on environmental
protection fees for mineral exploitation.
- Decree 117/2009/ND-CP of December 31, 2009 the Government's
handling of law violations in the environmental field.
- Degree No. 05/2008/TT-BTNMT dated 08/12/2008 of the Ministry of
Natural Resources and Environment guiding on strategic environmental
assessment, environmental impact assessment and environmental
protection commitment.
- Degree No. 08/2009/TT-BTNMT July 15, 2009 of Ministry of Natural
Resources and Environment with regulations on environmental
protection in economic zones, hi-tech parks, industrial zones and
industrial parks.
- Degree No. 12/2006/TT-BTNMT December 26, 2006 of Ministry of
Natural Resources and Environment guiding the practice conditions and
procedures of registration dossiers, licensed to practice, quality
management code hazardous waste.
- Decree No. 67/2003/ND-CP dated 13/06/2003 of the Government on
environmental protection charges for wastewater.
- Degree No. 105/2005TT-BTC dated 30/11/2005 of the Ministry od
Finace guiding the implementation of Decree No. 137/2005/ND-CP
dated 09/11/2005 of the Government on environmental protection fees
for mining mineral exploitation.

II.1.2. Technical basis

1. Based on an Investment plan for construction of mining pit of Nui Beo
Coal Mine, set up by the Institute of mining science and technology -
Vinacomin.
2. Decision 89/2008/QD-TTg dated 07/7/2008 of Prime Minister on
"approve the development strategy of Vietnam's coal industry in 2015,
driven by 2025".


                                  10
3. Decision on 05.16.2008 1122/QD-HDQT of the Board of
Management of Vietnam National Coal and Mineral Industries Group
on boundaries of coal mines under the Vietnam National Coal and
Mineral Industries Group.
4. Decision No. 1989 / Q §-H § QT dated 22/08/2008 of of the Board of
Management of Vietnam National Coal and Mineral Industries Group
on management, protection for mining border, coal resource and coal
exploitation for Nui Beo Coal JSC-TKV.
5. Reserves Decision number: 89/QD-HDTLKS/CD on 19/01/2010.

II.2. The standards and regulations apply to the EIA report

- Vietnam Standards 02:2008 / BCT od Ministry of Finace with Decision
51/2008/QD-BCT dated December 30, 2008 the Minister of Industry and
Trade on safety in maintenance, transportation, use and disposal of
industrial explosives .
       National technical regulations, standards of Vietnam on the
environment are issued with:
       Decision No 04/2008/QD-BTNMT Ministry of Natural Resources
and Environment date 18/07/2008 on the issuance of national technical
regulations for the Environment;
       Decision No 16/2008/QD-BTNMT Ministry of Natural Resources
and Environment date 31/12/2008 on the issuance of national technical
regulations for the Environment.
       Decision No. 25/2009/TT-BTNMT on 16/11/2009 of Ministry of
Natural Resources and Environment on the issuance of national
technical regulations for the Environment.

The standards are used together, including:

A. The rules and standards related to air quality:
QCVN 05:2009 / BTNMT - National Technical Regulation on ambient air
quality.
QCVN 06: 2009/BTNMT - National Technical Regulations certain
hazardous substances in ambient air.
QCVN 19: 2009/BTNMT - national technical regulations on industrial
emissions of dust and inorganic substances.
QCVN 20: 2009/BTNMT - national technical regulations on industrial
emissions of some organic material.

B. The rules and standards related to noise:
TCVN 5948-1999: Acoustics - Noise from road transport emits when
speeds increase. Maximum noise level allowed.
TCVN 5949-1998: Acoustics - Noise in public areas and residential
areas. Maximum noise level allowed.
TCVN 3985-1999: Acoustics - Noise level allowed in the workplace.


                                 11
C. The rules and standards related to vibration:
TCVN 6962-2001: Vibration and shock - Vibrations caused by
construction activities and industrial production - the maximum level
allowed for industrial environment and population.

D. The rules and standards related to water quality:
QCVN 08:2008 / BTNMT - National Technical Regulations on surface
water quality.
QCVN 09:2008 / BTNMT - National Technical Regulations on
groundwater quality.
QCVN 24: 2009/BTNMT - national technical regulations on industrial
wastewater.
QCVN 14:2008 / BTNMT - National Technical Regulations on waste
water

E. The rules and standards related to soil quality.
QCVN 03:2008 / BTNMT - National Technical Regulations on the
permissible limits of heavy metals in soil.

F. The regulations relating to opencast mining and explosives.
Standards 02:2008 / BCT - National Technical Regulations for safety in
storage, transport, use and disposal of industrial explosives.
Standards 04:2009 / BCT - National Technical Regulations on safety in
opencast mining.

II.3. Data sources used in the EIA report

II.3.1. Documentary source, reference data

Report on environmental impact assessment in project "Investments in
construction of mining pit Nui Beo Coal Mine" is built on the following
references:
1. Project TF 051032, environmental safeguard policies of World Bank,
Statistical Publishing House Hanoi, 2004.
2. Hoang Van Hue, Environmental Technology, Construction Publishing
House, 2004, Hanoi.
3. Textbook of wastewater treatment technologies, Science Publishers
engineering, 2004.
4. Tran Ngoc Chan, Air pollution and waste gas treatment, Publishing
House of Science and Technology.
5. Pham Ngoc Dang, Air environment, Publishing House of Science and
Technology, Hanoi, 2003.
6. Pham Ngoc Ho, Trinh Thi Thanh, Dong Kim Loan, Establishment of
air and water environments, University of Natural Sciences, Hanoi
National University, 2007.


                                   12
7. The environmental monitoring reports of the companies of the
Vietnam Natioanl Coal - Minerals Industries Group and the Institute of
Mining Science and Technology - Vinacomin.

II.3.2. Documentary resources, data set up by the investor
1. Environmental monitoring data is the natural state of the environment:
micro-climate, air, water and land.
2. The periodically environmental monitoring reports in the area set up
by the Science and Technology Institute of Mining - Vinacomin.

III. METHODS USED IN EIA REPORT

a. Research methods, surveys
- General meteorological data, geology, hydrology, flora and fauna ... in
the mining area and regions, which need assessment.
- The work includes field surveys to identify secondary and main
pollution sources cause of mining extraction, which impacts on the
environment.
- Collect that monitoring enviromental documents realized in the region.
- Observation of an additional measurement of specific targets for
environmental quality of soil, surface water, groundwater and
atmosphere ...
   - Survey of sociology to analyze the positive and negative effects to
       communities surrounding area.

b. Analysis, synthesis and forecasting information

On the basis of aggregate data, additional monitoring and adjustment to
the exact data of the environmental information to draw conclusions
about the current situation and forecast the impact of the project may
have on the environment natural and social areas.

c. Method comparison
- The method used to assess the impact and severity of the impact of
the project based on Vietnam standards QCVN, and some standards
ISO 14000.

d. Method inheritance
- In addition to data on the current situation, can use the statistics on the
regional environment to explain, argue, assess the environmental
impact.
e. Matrix method
- The method used to assess the environmental impacts of the project
components to the physical environment and the economy & society.
IV. IMPLEMENTATION



                                     13
The Nui Beo Coal JSC - TKV hire consultants for the seting up EIA
Report for projekt "Investing construction pit mining Nui Beo Coal
Mine" .

- Advisor: Institute of Mining Technology - Vinacomin
- Institute Director: Dr. Nguyen Anh Tuan
- Address: No. 3 Phan Dinh Giot Street - Thanh Xuan - Ha Noi
- Phone: 04. 38645253 Fax: 04. 38641564

Table 1: List of officers involved EIA report
TT              Name            Position                   Task
    I   Núi Béo Coal JSC – TKV
 1      Mai Quảng Thái          Vice Director              Specialist
 2      Trần Quang Khải         Mining Engineer            Specialist
 II     PMU Quang Ninh coal projekts - TKV
 1      Lê Trung Toán           Vice Director              Specialist

 2      Phạm Văn Lưu            Ground Chief               Specialist

 3      Nguyễn Kim Lợi          Geological Engineer        Specialist

III     Advisor: : Science and Technology Institute of Mining - Vinacomin
1       Hoàng Minh Hùng         Vice Director              General
                                                           Managament
2       Nguyễn Quốc Thịnh       Enviroment Chief           Participant

3       Đặng Hồng Thắng         Mining Engineer            Participant

4       Phạm Đại Hải            Geology Engineer           Participant

5       Lê Bình Dương           Bachelor of Environment Implementer
6       Bùi Thanh Hoàng         Bachelor of Environment Participant
7       Nguyễn Thị Việt Hoa     Enviroment Engineer     Implementer

8       Nguyến Tiến Dũng        Bachelor of Environment Implementer
9       Nguyễn Xuân Tuấn        Chemist Engineer        Participant

10      Nguyễn Đức Công         Environmental Engineer     Participant

11      Lê Thanh Tùng           Environmental Engineer     Participant

12      Phạm Thu Hương          Environmental Engineer     Participant

13      Trần Thiên Hương        Chemist Engineer           Participant




                                     14
 Chapter I: PROJECT DESCRIPTION SUMMARY
 PROJECT NAME
 "Project construction of underground mining pit in Nui Beo Coal Mine"

 1.2. PROJECT’S INVESTOR
 The Nui Beo Coal JSC - TKV
 Address: No. 799 - Le Thanh Tong - Ha Long - Quang Ninh
 Phone: (033) 3825220
 Fax: (033) 3625270
 The head of the project:
 Director: Vu Anh Tuan

 1.3. GEOGRAPHY PLACE OF THE PROJECT
 Nui Beo coal mine pit belongs to the Ha Lam coal area, 7 km north-east
 to Ha Long City - Quang Ninh. Mineral Coal Area is 5.6 Km2.
 The boundaries of the coal area:
 - To the north is Ha Tu Coal Mine.
 - South of the Highway 18A.
 - To the east is a series of limestone Buddha and Phong Khe area.
 - To the west is Ha Lam Coal Mine.

 Table 1.1: Coordinates of the mine
                  The coordinate system
                                                 According VN2000
    Names of        of the state in 1972,
                                              coordinates, longitude 105
No landmark        longitudinal axis 108,
                                               axis, projection zone 60
    coordinates      projection zone 30
                        X           Y             X               Y
1      NBHL.1        21580       409000     2321919,326      720470,172
2      NBHL.2        21580       409620     2321930,952      721360,127
3      NBHL.3        21500       410000     2321858,084      721741,602
4      NBHL.4        19740       411780     2320131,556      723554,490
5      NBHL.5        20050       412000     2320445,663      723768,669
6      NBHL.6        19875       412300     2320276,294      724071,934
7      NBHL.7        19059       412748     2319468,726      724535,204
8      NBHL.8        18569       412536     2318974,777      724332,393
9      NBHL.9        18188       411921     2318582,278      723724,558
10    NBHL.10        18058       410578     2318427,136      722384,068
11    NBHL.11        18170       410260     2318533,175      722063,991
12    NBHL.12        20130       410154     2320491,061      721921,277
13    NBHL.13        21330       409500     2321678,720      721244,824


                                   15
1.4. MAIN CONTENTS OF THE PROJECT

1.4.1. Status of mining area of Nui Beo Coal Mine

1.4.1.1. Status of topography, geology
        The topography of the mine has complicated conditions: in the
northern there is the opening landfill; in the south is residential area and
industrial works; in the northeast there is Lo Phong landfill; southeast is
residential area; the West is mining pits and opencast mine waste
dumps of Ha Lam and Nui Beo Mines, the center is Nui Beo opencast
mining area.
        Conditions of structure: the coal seams in the mining area have
the following characteries: The main coal seams in the south and
southeast; The whole mining area is the axis running from the south –
north and mainly plugs deep down toward the north. Fault system in the
mine develops a bit complicated. Two major fault nature area is faulting
L - L in the South (amplitude shift the sliding surface of the wings from
400  700m) and faults upon Ha Tu in the East - North East (amplitude
shift the sliding surface of the wings from 600  700m, wings between
200 250 m)

1.4.1.2. The Present Resource Status

      The mine area is considered rich in coal resources, the density of
geological exploration projects from the opening coal seam to -300
reaches to the detail prospecting, many areas of the open pit to reach
the exploration point, part from -300 to -500 (the bottom of coal layer)
reached a search in detail prospecting.

      Total reserves in the mining pit of Nui Beo is 78700 740 tons,
which concludes in the level (121 +122 +222) 66 001503 tons, 83.9%
and in the level (333 ) 12 699 237 tons, for 16.1%.

1.4.1.3. Status opencast mining
       Currently Nui Beo coal mine operators the opencast mining
seams No 14 and the expansion of the mining area to the west wing
V11 and V13. As of 30th September 2009 the bottom of the mine area
goes to the east of -105 m.

The seam 14 in the East Wing is expected to end exploitation in 2012,
the high-end exploitation level is -135 m.

      The West Wing in the seam 11 and 13 (expandable seam 14 in
the east wing), mining from 2009-2015, the high-end exploitation level



                                     16
is -135 m. Tailings in the mining process will be disposal to landfill in the
east wing of the seam 14 to the high water level +15.

After the West Wing of the seam 11 and 13 end exploitation, Ha Tu
mine would discharge landfill to the high water level +15.

1.4.1.4. Mine transport

Coaltransportation is done by trucks with the load from 1530 tons,
which supply the coal for the partitioning factory Nam Cau Trang, to
inland portsMy Con Cua and Quyet Thang.

Transportation of tailings from the works to the landfill is realized by the
trucks loading 3058 tons with automotive load dumping.

1.4.1.5. Sorting of coal
Currently the mine has 7 prepared dried sorting clusters and the two
recruitment systems for self-coal slurry at three public works. The
overall capacity of the sorting sorting systems meet the 4.3 million
tonnes of coal.

1.4.1.6. Workshop for repairs
Currently Nui Beo Coal JSC - TKV has a cluster of workshops located in
the southeast of the seam 14 to control and repair simple equipments.
Workshop of mining repair and the factory SCO take a duty to overhaul
mining equipments and machines.

1.4.1.7. Providing electricity and water
Power supply system including TBA 35 / 6 kV and the TBA 6 / 0, 4kV
located in areas of mining production. Power supply 35 / 6 kV are taken
from two cabinets 110/35/22 kV 35 kV of TBA Ha Tu by two lines AC-
70 (from exposed using 35 kV underground cable) and line TBA 35/6kV
DDK from 6 KV to the ground.

Now the Mine has a water supply system serving the needs of living and
production. Water supplying for the office are taken from public water
supply system of the city of Ha Long. Water supplying for the industrial
field and the field operators are taken from the drain line from Ha Long
City. Water for roads and dust is derived from mining pits.

1.4.1.8. Total surface area and works on
The surface and works on were built on scattered in open fields,
including: industrial surface; office in the seam 14 East; Surface for
sorting and recruitment; Surface for repair workshops of mining
equipment; Surface motorized construction department; Surface for
transport departments 1, 2, 3, and 4; Surface for car service; Space


                                     17
    Network stations workshops; Surface for storage of supplies, Surface
    forclinics; Surface construction of coal mining + coal storage.

    1.4.2. Forms of investment and project management.
    Type of investment: Investment in a whole new, not re-use the present
    buildings and equipment for mining production of the company.
    Investment capital choices:
    - Commercial loans and other capital resources of the Group Vinacomin.
    - Preferential loans of international organizations.
    Project Management Forms: Investor direct project management

    1.4.3. Borders, reserve, capacity, working mechanism and the
    lifetime of the mine
    1.4.3.1. Borders of mining production area
    Mining production area specified in the boundary:
    - To the north is the fault upon Ha Tu.
    - The South is faulting FL and FM.
    - The East is the fault upon Ha Tu and FL.
    - The West is the way of the coordinates Y = 409 000 410 260
    (bordering Ha Lam Coal Mine).
    Surface area of 5.6 km2.

    1.4.3.2. Reserves of mining production area
    The mining production area includes seven coal industrial valued seams:
    V5, V6, V7, V9, V10, V11 and V13. Geological reserves are calculated
    on the basis of the report conversion levels for reserves and resources
    Ha Lam Coal mining and was approved by the Coucil assessing mineral
    reserves in the Decision 89/QD-HDTLKS/CD dated 19/ 01/2010 and
    update additional 24 drill holes. Total geological reserves are the sum of
    reserves of seams in the mining production area, including: V.5, v.6, V.7,
    V.9, V.10, V.11 and V.13. Reserves in the border of the mining
    production area are calculated in Table 1.2.

    Table 1.2: Reserve of the mining production area
                        Mobilized geological
                                                       Industrial reserve
                               reserve
Name
       Geological      Normal     mining sector     Normal      mining sector
 of
        reserves exploitation to protect the exploitation to protect the
seam
                    of the area    work surface   of the area   work surface
                    (fire break) (reinforcement) (fire break) (reinforcement)
V.13     4.092.994            0                 0           0                0
V.11 12.215.603 7.437.565              2.793.913 5.571.265           2.217.163
V.10 22.033.789 12.735.673             6.144.321 9.615.036           4.909.839
 V.9     7.214.783 2.815.310           3.328.598 2.161.840           2.629.065



                                       18
 V.7    30.039.654 17.058.018      13.592.613 11.911.946       9.889.920
 V.6     2.935.356 1.860.246          766.714 1.517.198          677.732
 V.5       168.562          0               0          0               0
  +     78.700.740 41.906.811      26.626.159 30.777.284      20.323.719
Total   78.700.740         68.532.970                 51.101.003

   1.4.3.3. Capacity, working machenism and the lifetime of the mine
   * Design capacity of the mine: the capacity of Nui Beo coal mine pit is
   2 million tons / year in virgin coal.

   * The working mechanism of the mine:
   - Number of working days in the year: 300 days
   - The number of shifts per day: 3
   - Hours worked in shifts: 8 hours
   (Particularly in pit number of hours worked in shifts of 7 hours)

   * Mine life: determined based on the industrial reserves and mining
   capacity.
   With the capacity of 2.0 million tons / year, the age of the mining
   production area is 30 years, the age expectancy of design is 23 years
   (declaration period of reaching the capacity of design 2.0 million tons /
   year). The time to reach the capacity of design is 1 year and period of
   closing mining is 6 years.

   1.4.4. Technology of exploitation

   1.4.4.1. Clearing of mining production area
   Based on the location space, cleared status and characteristics of
   mineral coal mine of Nui Beo and Ha Lam, the clearing mining fields of
   Nui Beo was considered and selected from 02 following options:

   - Option I: The clearing together with the Nui Beo mine and the Ha Lam
   mine. The industrial premises +45 (ground position number 1) is
   arranged next to the field of industrial premises +28 of Ha Lam Mine.

   - Option II: The independent clearing of Nui Beo mine. The industrial
   premises +35 (ground position No. 3) are located next to the field of
   industrial surface of opencast mines Nui Beo.

   Through analysis of advantages and disadvantages of each option for
   clearing the mines it has shown that the opening clearing in Nui Beo
   Mine with the independent plan (Option II) has many technical
   advantages as the volume of small tunnels opened, the loss of coal less,
   and especially not affect the production of the mine Ha Lam.



                                       19
Results calculated value of the construction of the mining clearance,
transport equipment over the wells, transport equipment and road
clearing equipment for transport of coal on the ground shows the
general clearing of option I has a price greater investment of the option I
with clearing and opening independently 1612.16 billion VND, 63.48%
respectively.

With the analytical advantages, the project selects plan II (mine
clearance independent for Nui Beo) for clearing the underground mines
Nui Beo.

Selection of technical clearance: The clearance in pairs of vertical
pits (main pit for transport of coal, sub-vertical pit for transport materials).
From the ground level of +35,located south of the mining production
area (at the surface of No 1) digging a pair of pits down to -410 (the
main vertical pit) and the -370 (sub-vertical pit). Building the
underground station system beside the pits at the levels -140 and -350.

1.4.4.2. Preparation of the clearance
Located on the mining area there is an open-cast mining of the seam 14
of the East Wing, ending of mining in 2012 and extended mining in the
West Wing of the seams 11, 13, ending in 2015. The opencast mining is
exploited to the level of -135.

On the surface to the east and south of the mining area with densely
populated areas with high density, alternating as the industrial buildings,
highways, high tension power lines, railway sector ... Results calculated
that, if the mining application technology by fire breaking it will affect the
whole works on the obove objekts.

Based on the characteristics of the geological conditions of coal mining
and mobilization of tunnels opened diagrams, the project chooses the
preparation of clearance according to the floors.

Through assessment of geological conditions of coal seams in the
mining area showed that 48% of geological reserves of the mine has
raised the applicability of synchronous mechanization; 52% applying the
semi-mechanized technology to exploit by drill blasting.

The coal seams in the mining fields was prepared by the upper
ventilation tunnels, upper transport tunnels and tunnels along seams. To
bring the mine into operation reached the designed capacity, the project
raises 06 mining ovens to meet mine capacity of 2.0 million tons / year
in four mining areas of the seam 11.

From the basis of the above declaration, the mining production area will


                                      20
be prepared since the tunnels at -140 and the -350, to dig upper
transport tunnels, central airing and then dig the tunnels along the
seams into the border or boundary between the exploitation and the
exploitation of fire breaking fireplace insert to form the mining ovens.

1.4.4.3. Sequence mining
Exploitation of the mine sequence is performed on the following
principles:

- Mobilization of the operators of the reservoirs can facilitate the
thickness, slope angle, high-level probe, before than the reservoirs with
more difficult conditions to mobilize the subsequent exploitation.

- For zone 1, zone 2, zone 4 and zone 5 the exploitation the areas
controlled by stone walls with breaking before the reinforcement
inserting.

- For the zone 3: The deep mining ovens are exploited step by step, the
upper ovens before, the ovens under later. The area under protection
head columns of mining tunnels with oven reinforcement before than
inserting with fire breaking.

- For a mining area with fire breaking technology: exploitation of higher
seams first, and then the below seams. In each reservoir, exploiting the
higher layers, and then the below layers.

- For a mining area with reinforcement insert technology: exploitation of
higher seams first, and then the below seams, or can be exploited
simultaneously. But in each reservoir, exploiting the higher layers, and
then the below layers.

- In each mining oven: the organization operating turnover reached from
the border to the upper central furnace, in each mining sector. Due to
the mining area with reinforcment insert technology is arranged
subsequent exploitation in some areas so that the furnace operators
upstream transport, central air-exploitation of the area will be
maintained after the end of the region exploiting technology to serve the
fire broke mining sector fireplace insert.

1.4.4.4. Technology of exploitation with oven reinforcement
The reinforcement method is chosen by the compressed air into the
space system of exploitation space in case of exploitation with the long
columns, divided or non-divided layers.

Materials used to insert reinforcement are stone milled from tailings of
open mining pit, rock or waste rock from tunneling, rock size 180 mm,


                                    21
the coefficient of stiffness no more than 810 of Protodiakonov’s
classification. The reinforcement inserts mixed use boiler slag, clay,
rock dumping and other materials without abrasive combined with shale.
Composition of reinforcement material of stone size 1080 mm
accounts for about 50%, the rest is the material particle size 1  10 mm.
To increase the density of the block of reinforcement we need to add a
grout at a rate of 1 m3 of material inserting with 0.5 tons of sand and
0.16 tons of cement and 0.15 m3 of water.

Using technology diagram of fixed feed station, with arranging the
compressed air machine in the station containing reinforcement
materials, transporting materials to mining mirror with pipelines. This
technology diagram is used in the case of working time of machines in
a great location.

To meet the needs of providing material for reinforcement, there is a
plan to build a line of crushed stone in the industrial surface in the level
+35. The reinforcement material transportation to processing to stations
of air reinforcement by conveyor.

Themajor Equipment and supplies for the reinforcement are in the
following table.

Table 1.3: The inventory of equipment and major construction
volume for the manufactoring lines

No     Names of equipment and supplies           code       unit     Quantity
 1    Station of reinforcement materials in
                                                             hall         1
      the hall large 3.500 m2
 2    Compressor 14.400 m3/h, pressure
      8at, capacity 1.750 kW, voltage           ETK32       piece         2
      6000V, speed 3000 v/ph
 3    Transport conveyor for reinforced
      materials, capacity Q=1050 T/h,            DP
                                                            piece        10
      band width 1000mm, length 500m,           1000S
      speed 3,15m/s, power 2x55kW
 4     membrane and pouring equipment,
                                                 DSS
      capacity Q=600 T/h, power 2x55kW,                     piece        13
                                                 220S
      legth 120m
 5    Blowers of reinforced materials ZS
      240, compressed air consumption           ZS 240       Set          4
      of13.400 m3/h
 6    Removing materials of reinforcement                    Set         13



                                     22
1.4.4.5. System of exploitation

a. Selecting System of exploitation

Through assessment of geological conditions for each ovens it showed
that 29.2% of geological reserves have raised the applicability of
synchronous mechanization, controlled breaking rock wall with full firing;
31.9% pressure exploit the technology of drilling and blasting, controlled
breaking rock walls with firing and 38.9% total remaining reserves
necessary to apply the technology to exploit the full reinforcement insert
to protect the structures on the surface face.

From the characteristics mentioned above the project chooses following
exploiting system, in the stage reached project capacity, in the seam 11:

- Exploiting system in the long columns, with synchronization
mechanization, coal exploiting with combains together with self-
propelled columns, controling stone walls with a full application of fire
break, applicated at the seams with slope  25 thickness 3.5 m.

- Exploiting system in the long columns, with synchronization
mechanization, coal exploiting with combains together with self-
propelled columns, controling stone walls with a full application of fire
break, applicated at the seams with slope  2560 thickness 3.5 m.

- Exploiting system in the long columns, with mobile columns, controling
stone walls with a full application of fire break, coal exploiting by blasting
cannons, lower ceiling than the roof coal, applicated at the seams with
thickness , 2,5m, slope  35.

- Exploiting system in the long columns, with mobile columns, controling
stone walls with a full application of fire break, coal exploiting by blasting
cannons, lcoal exploiting along to the seams, applicated at the seams
with thickness E 3m, slope  35.

In the maintenance phase of design capacity, conditions raise coal
output changes, the slope angle increases and some mining areas are
required to protect the works surface. The project is expected to select
out of the exploiting systems beside the exploiting systems reaching
design capacity will be added some systems to exploit as the following:

- Exploiting system in the long columns, with mobile columns,
controling stone walls with a full application of fire break, coal exploiting
by blasting cannons, applicated at the seams with thickness up to 2.5m,
slope to 35.



                                     23
- Exploiting system of split-level layer, with mobile columns, B40 steel
mesh cover on top, controling stone walls with a full application of fire
break, coal exploiting by blasting cannons, applicated at the seams with
thickness . 6.0m, slope . 35.

- Exploiting system in the long columns, with synchronization
mechanization, coal exploiting with combains together with self-
propelled columns, controling stone walls with a full application of
reinforcement, applicated at the seams with slope , 20 to protect the
work surface.

b. Mechanization of exploiting in mining space

* The exploiting and reinforcement:
- Mining spaces with synchronization mechanization, coal exploiting with
combains

- Mining spaces with mobile reinforced columns of characteristics
similar to the type GK1600/1.6/2.4HT.

- Use a Chinese portable electric drill type MZ-1, 2 or the equivalent to
drill the coal seams. The blasting by detonator and safety electrical
needles in underground mining space, blasting machines are used with
the type of KBII1/100M of Russian or China.

* Controling the stone walls
       For areas not need to protect the works surface, the stone wall
controling is done full by blasting break.
       For the regions needing to protect the works surface, the stone
wall control is done by full reinforcement.

c. Mechanization for tunneling preparation

- Mechanization for tunnelingin rock uses the following equipments: drill
running crawler vehicle with similar technical characteristics of 1F/E50
of Poland, hip caterpillar wheel loader has the same characteristics of
LBS-500W, stone machines deliver with the technical characteristics of
C-650, spraying concrete machine of type ZP5 or Aliva-264, inserting
hammer MO-6 , a place fans with similer type of No 10 /2x37 of China.

- The large coal faces needing to to apply high tunneling have technical
specifications like the code AM - 50Z and the place fans like FBD-
No10/2x37.
- For the smaller coal faces we need manual tunneling equipments
including two portable hand drills of types CIP-19M or ZM-12, place fan
FBD-No10/2x37, blasting crank machine MFD or KBП 1/100M.


                                   24
                       Ground leveling of industrial      Solid waste, dust, waste water
                       area and instruction of works               of workers



                       Tunneling equipment installation




 Tunneling combain                  open

                                                           Tunneling waste rocks, dust,
                                                             waste water of wokers
  Installation of
 electricity, water
 and equipments
                          Tunneling Tunneling
                              preparation


  Blasting drill
                                                            Dust, toxic gases (CH4, CO),
                        Mining space of exploiting coal           axidic wast water
Exploiting combains

                                 Virgin coal



                               Sorting of coal              Dust, noise, vibration, wast




                         Transporation for consumption    Generated dust, dust, toxic
                                                            gases (NOx, CO…)




Figure 1.1: Diagram of mining technology - coal processing and the
environmental impact of

1.4.4.6. The work of transport in the mining ovens

a. Coal Transportation
- Transportation of coal in the mining places by conveyor or
transportation bridge.

- Transportation of coal in the mining places along the seam, upstream
to center, through the seam with the transport conveyor.



                                      25
Table 1.4: Volume of transport requirements

      TT            Name                    Unit        Quantity
       1    Mining oven 11101                           250.000
       2    Mining oven 21102             tone/year     600.000
       3    Mining oven 31101            tone/year      400.000
       4    Mining oven 41101            tone/year      200.000
       5    Mining oven 11102            tone/year      250.000
       6    Mining oven 41102            tone/year      200.000

b. Transport of Tailings, equipment and materials in the gound area
For transport equipment, tools and materials from the transportation
cage to transfer station and then into place of consumption, as well as
moving rocks from the conveyor to a ton-sized wagons in the of railroad
600 mm to transfer into the transportation cage moving up to Industrial
gound area, we need to use two diesel locomotives of railroad size 600
mm at two levels of -140 and -350.

c. Transportation of persons
The number of regular workers to work in the mining area is 294 people
in a shift.
Transportation of persons users locomotives powered by diesel fuel
combined monoray.

1.4.4.7. Mine Ventilation
As a result of the geological data, the results of the study gas deposits
in the previous reports showed that:
- From the surface topography to the point -150 It has a level No I of
methane.
- From the level -150 and under it has a level No 2 of gas.

- The surface zone of methane production from-150m or less.
To ensure safety, the scheme of the type II out of the mine methane
(CH4), the calculations are taken by mine type II.
Consistent with the capacity to exploit, map cleared preparation, mining
history and characteristics of mine gas mode. Choose the mine
ventilation plan is central air, smoke ventilation methods.
Local ventilation ventilation methods used by the fan speed and the
wind tunnel with a local wind power station by the main supply fan. For
example the oven to prepare a length > 250 m, the pair, the local fans
as the series to ensure ventilation of the mirror furnace, fan placement
on the clean air flow.

Air flow requirements for the mine are shown in Table 1.4.



                                    26
Table 1.5: General flow of air required for mine

                                     volume
                                                  total flow
                                   required to                      flow
                                                   volume
                                   provide for                requirements
No      Time of ventilation                       losses in
                                    the whole                    of the fan
                                                 mining(Qtt),
                                    mine(QM),                   (Qq), m3/s
                                                     m3/s
                                       m3/s
     time mine reached the
I                                    224,4          36,77          258,0
     projected capacity
II   time of the most difficulty     225,3          43,77          277,2

To serve the mine ventilation during manufacture, design fans selected
the stations located in industrial area +35. Station includes 02 axial
fans AMR-3150 (01 working, 01 reserve).

1.4.4.8. Dumping waste stailings
Tailings in the process of tunneling is touched on the conveyor and into
the wagon of 1 ton in the horizontal oven, then it will be pulled on the
platform wells by diesel train of 600mm and along vertical pit it will be
load put on the ground station thought a turn-down wagon flipping over
into the self-flip truck of loading 15 tons (or equivalent vehicle load) to
transport the waste rocks to dumps of waste in the seam No 14 with a
transport distance 2  3 km.. Use the present motorway system to
transport the tailings.

Vehicles transporting waste rock is expected to: use self-flip trucks of 15
tons loading.
The volume of waste rock every year is 90,000 tons / year.
The number of trucks for tailings: 01 cars.

1.4.4.9. Removing water and canalization of mining area
a. Removing water of mining area
Located on the mining area are opencast mining of the seam No 14 in
the East Wing, ending of exploiting in 2012 and in the West Wing of the
seam No 11, ending of mining in 2015, the open-cast mining is running
to the level -135. After finishing that exploring mentioned above it will be
filled with tailings to reconstitute to high level +15. Estimated amount of
self storage of water in landfill pit is 4.0 million m3 per year, with such
water flow as if not properly treated it will directly affect the mining
dowm. To limit the amount of water flowing from the landfill into the
mining ovens and ensure safety in the mining process, the project plan
to propose following solutions:




                                     27
Sprinkle a layer of geotextile with a distance of 10.15 meters from
landfill's surface. In dumping waste stailings It will use a sewer of water
to of 1 m diameter to pump water on the ground.

- During dumping waste stailings, to construction drainage works with
submersible pumps through the water collection wells. Water collected
onto the wells is pumped into the landfill surface by the submersible
pumps placed in pumping wells and drainage ditches in the canalization
systems to escape to treatment system and discharged into the
environment.

- After the dumping waste rocks and stailings with the distance of 10 m
from the dump surface, to sprinkle a layer of geotextile GDHS with
thickness 0.75  1.0 mm to prevent rain water and soaking water into
the landfill. Part of waste rocks and stailings on surface of the geotextile
layer (10m) will be well impacted and covered with good soil to grow
trees and create drainage trenches on the ground.

- The water wells are located in the position of the largest concentration
of waste dumps (where the convergence of the pits and on the mining
area).

- The cost for this work will be issued by the Nui Beo Coal Joint Stock
Company in the project of renovation and environmental restoration of
opencast mining.


b. Drainage of the mining area
* The main center of drainage
On the basis of maximum flow rate of water into the pit, calculated to the
level of -140 and -350 it was choosen the solution of water sewer by
pumps from the -140 and -350 up to the ground industrial area at +35
and poured into water treatment systems on the ground, then poured
into its general system of the mine waste water.

- Flow rate of water flowing into mines at -140.
Qmin = 326 m3 / h
Qtb = 401 m3 / h
Qmax = 479 m3 / h
- Flow rate of water flowing into mines at -350.
Qmin = 829 m3 / h
Qtb = 904 m3 / h
Qmax = 982 m3 / h
- Height of water from the -140 and – 350 up to the +35.

* Local Drainage


                                     28
Because the ovens are digged along seams, the tunnel slope changes
up and down, some sections have the flue lying between two steep
peaks, and water is not flowing. For such areas the drainage is forced
by the local pumps.
To disposal water for the places of water condensation in the furnace
along seams it is estimated to arrange a water pump in a place of water
condensation pump to pump water throught the gutters to the
canalization to self flow to water cental tanks at the -140 and - 350 at
the station next to the well to pump water up to the central courtyard of
industrial space at +35. Flow pump: Qb = 30m3 / h.

In each of the place of condensation of water it is arranged a pump on
the oven wall, located at least 4m of debts to the furnace of the
condensation point.

1.4.4.10. The complex of technology on mine surface
* Transportation of coal:
Coal exploited guttering and raking down to conveyor and then throught
the bunke into the Skip to pull-up into the ground at +35 by hoist. Then,
throught the bunke system, and the part of separating oversized stones,
coal is transported to the processing plant Ha Lam by conveyor system
of 7 km long.

* Transport of equipments and materials
  Equipments and materials transported by trucks to its depot by +35.
The unloading of materials and equipment to the warehouse is arranged
by loading and unloading vehicles wih the manual. From here, supplies
and equipments will be loaded onto the wagons of 600mm line sizes
and transported by diesel locomotive into the cage in the vartical cage
pit, then transferred by hoist machine down the platforms at -140 and -
350. Equipments and materials from the station are transferd by diesel
locomotives and monorays into the workplaces. The loading and
transfer will be arranged by manual.

* Transport of rocks and tailings
Waste rock and tailings from tunneling will be posted up to the platform
+35 of the cage pit by the system of cage, a ton wagon of road size
600mm. Then it will be transfered to the system of wagons of road size
600 mm and to the high turning wagon station        d esel locomotive.
Here, the high turning wagon station will turne soil and rocks into trucks
moving to the main waste dump
.
* Transportation of people
Workers will be transported by buses to the platform of the cage pit;
After tasking thay will go into the cage and will be transfered by the hoist



                                    29
machine down to the platforms of each level. From the platform the
workers will do to the workplace by diesel locomotive with monoray.

1.4.4.11. Coal sorting
According to the project with approved expanded capacity of Nui Beo
coal mine, the mine contains the following sorting places:
1. Sorting center of virgin coal for the Coal Sorting Factory Nam Cau
Trang .
2. The dry sorting systems for produce clean coal in the mine.
3. Line sorting machines with capacity of 1,200 tons / year in the
platform by +60.
4. Sorting line moving a coal quality with a vortex magnetite suspension
with a capacity of 600 thousand tons / year for the treatment of low-
quality coal.

To meet the development needs of the coal power factories, for
example the power factory Quang Ninh in Hon Gai with a capacity of
1200MW, the demand for coal of the factory is 3.4 million tons / year,
the Nui Beo Mine will supply for it 0.8 million tons / year.

Currently the Nam Cau Trang Coal Sorting Company mainly sorts
coalfor the opening mines of Nui Beo and Ha Tu. According to the plans,
the Nui Beo open mining will end in 2015 and Ha Tu Mine ends in 2018.
So Nam Cau Trang factory is not appropriate in the future because of
the coal resources and especially environmental issues for the tourist
city of Ha Long Bay.

Under a plan of development of coal sorting and processing in the
development planning for Vietnam's coal industry for 2006-2015 with
the view to 2025, in Hon Gai it will build Ha Lam Coal Sorting Factory
with capacity from 4.5 to 5.5 million tons / year. Thus most of the coal of
the mines in Hon Gai in the future will be transported up north to Quang
Ninh Power Factory (3.4 million tons / year) and the rest will be
consumed through the Dien Vong River Port.

Based on the above analysised factors, the project planning for sorting
of the Nui Beo coal mine pit is as follows:

- Build a new stations spliting oversize rocks and lump coal particles of
+100 mm on the industrial ground surface of the mine.
- Construction of conveyor transport for raw coal from industrial ground
surface to Ha Lam Coal Sorting Factory.
- The capacity of the factory is selected as 465 tons / h.
-Chart principles of technology of spliting rocks at the surface by +35 is
presented in picture 1.2.



                                    30
2.

                        Virgin coal at the platform +35

                           Vybrating grid 100mm
              +100                                 -100
           Hand pick conveyer

                                                            Coal yard
          Piece    mediu     Waste
          coal      m        rocks


                                           Coal for Hà
                                           Lầm Sorting
                                             Factory




Figure 1.2: Diagram of the technological line for sorting rocks at
the platform +35

Technology description:
Virgin coal from the skip of the skip pit dumped into the conveyor B1
moving onto vibrating screen (S1) with 100mm mesh size hole.

+100 mm coal particles from the screen S1 flowing down the hand pick
conveyor B2 to pick up big and medium coal. Big and medium coal inte
after hand picking hand brushed will be brought down to the bunker BK1
and the medium bunker BK2. Waste rocks remaining on the conveyor
belt B2 will be dumped in the waste rock bunker BK3.

-100 Mm coal particles under the screen S1 will be moved by the B3
conveyor belt drumping up to the main conveyor to the Ha Lam Coal
Sorting Factory.

The line of devices is equippted with some following other devices with
the arm to manage production and ensure safe its activity:
+ Separator of iron on the conveyor B1.
+ Weight device.

Demand for sorting equipment :
Equipment needs of the sorting factory is identified at each stage and
the mining capacity.


                                     31
The list of equipments of factory sorting rocks - see the following
table:

Table 1.6:The list of equipments of factory sorting rocks

                                                          quant   Uni
 TT    Category of device           Specifications                      Mark
                                                           ity     t
       feed conveyor from
      vibrating screen from    B=1200, Q=465 t/h, L=47
  1                                                        01     pcs   B1
      the     main     pitto   m, v= 1,6 m/s, P= 37 kW
      vibrating screen
      Two iron separating                                         pcs
  2                                    P= 3 kW             01           NC
      magnet
  3   Weight conveyor                                      03     pcs   CB
                                    Q=465 t/h, P=22 kW            pcs
  4   Sorting machine           lỗ lưới 100x100mm; S=12    01           S1
                                            m2
      Hand pick conveyor       B=1200, Q=35t/h, L=50,5            pcs
  5                                                        01           B2
      +100 mm                    m, v=0,3 m/s, P=22 kW
      Coal Conveyor -100           B=1000, Q=435 t/h,             pcs
  6   mm (to the main            L=66,5 m, v=1,25 m/s,     01           B3
      conveyor)                          P=30 kW
      Coal   conveyor      -       B=1000, Q=435 t/h,             pcs
  7   100mm      (to     the   L=31m, v=1,25 m/s, P=30     01           B4
      conveyor of failure)                  kW
      Coal   conveyor      -       B=1000, Q=435 t/h,             pcs
  8   100mm (to failure           L=38,2m, v=1,25 m/s,     01           B5
      yard )                             P=30 kW
      Coal   conveyor      -                                      pcs
                                 B=1000, Q=435 t/h,
      100mm (from failure
  9                             L=55,5 m, v=1,25 m/s,      01           B6
      yard to the main
                                      P=30 kW
      conveyor)
                               N= 10 tấn, L=9 m, H=13,5           pcs
 10   Electric hoock chain                                 01           PL1
                                      m, P=17kW
       material     feeding                                       pcs
 11   vibrating machine in             P= 7,5 kW           03           CLB
      the coal warehouse
      Door draining coal of                                       pcs
 12                                     P= 4kW             03           CT
      screw moving
      Bunker of big and                                           pcs
                                                3                       BK1,
 13   medium coal with                 V=30 m              02
                                                                        BK2
      size of +100 mm
      Bunkre of waste
 14   rocks of size +100               V=50 m3             01     Pcs   BK3
      mm


                                  32
The construction items of the works sorting and spliting rocks:

Summary of major construction items of the the works sorting and spliting oversize
rocks in the field of industrial premises +35 see the following table.

Table 1.7: The construction items of the works sorting and spliting oversize rocks:


TT                            Iterms                               Unit     Number
1     Conveyor of the skip pit (B1)                               piece          1
2     Base of vibrating screen (S1) 01 net 100mm                  piece          1
3     Hand pic conveyor of size +100 mm (B2)                      piece          1
4     Conveyor of virgin coal of size -100 mm (B3)                piece          1
      Failure Conveyor of virgin coal , size -100 mm piece
5                                                                                1
      (B4)
6     Failure conveyor TNK -100 mm (B5)                           piece          1
7     Conveyor of virgin coal -100mm (B6)                         piece          1
8     Corridor conveyor B1                                        piece          1
9     Corridor conveyor B2                                        piece          1
10    Corridor conveyor B3                                        piece          1
11    Corridor conveyor B4                                        piece          1
12    Corridor conveyor B5                                        piece          1
13    Foof conveyor frame B6                                      piece          1
      Cover   works     of             vibrating     screen piece
14                                                                               1
      (DxRxC=15*9*13,5)
      Cover      house                  of          bunkers piece
15                                                                               1
      (DxRxC=12,9*5,4*11)

1.4.4.12. Compressed Air Supply
To provide compressed air for the consumers (the combination of
tunneling devices, the device of the exploitation of the ovens for
mechanization ...) the project selected supplying compressed air by the
fixed compressed air station, built on mining industry ground surface.

The amount of compressed air consumption: VTT = 61.6 m3/min.

Specification of compressors:
- Capacity: 20 m3/min
- Working pressure: 8 at
- Motor power: 132 kW

                                          33
- Total turnover: 740V/ph
- The volume of the full set: 4353 kg
- Cooling water: 2m3 / h
Compressed air station is located in the industrial field +35 with the area
of 135m2 (18x7, 5x4, 2m).

1.4.4.13. Water supply and waste water
a. Water Supply
The entire water demand for living, production, irrigation and dust on the
ground in the furnace is determined in Table 1.8. In the water in mining
with combains is calculated by exploiting machines.

Bảng 1.8: Water demand of the whole mine


                                                    Water demand
                                                      (m3/ng.đ)
 TT          Name of water users                                         Notes
                                                   Living   Water for
                                                   water    working
  1    Living Water                                 52
  2    Water for bath                               71
  3    Water washing clothes, boots                 66
  4    Emulsified water                                        10
  5    Water for exploiting combines                          212
  6    Water for tunneling                                    104
  7    Water for blasting                                      20
  8    Ater for striking water                                 36
       Water for        produce    on        the
  9                                                            24
       groundfloor
 10    Watering roads, yards, car wash                         30
       Total:                                       189       436
 11    Including reserved water 10%                200       480
       Water for a fire the fire q = 15L / s reserves in storage tanks with fire-
 12    extinguishing             time           of            3          hours.


Water supply system on the ground SCN.
- Water supply system for living: To choose drilling deep water wells.
The wells locate in Ha Phong ward, next to the Lo Phong stream in
upon Ha Tu.




                                        34
According to this plan it will be built a drilled well with diameter of 150,
deep H  60 m. In the well it will be arranged a pump with Q = 20 m3 /
h, H = 150 m, NDC = 15 kW, and built on the well a pump station of
level I, and a roof of size AXB = 3x6 m. Water from the well will be
derived along steel pipelines 100 to the water treatment station. After
handling and disinfection the water will be conducted into the tank of W
= 150 (m3) in the processing area. Next to the tank it will be built a
pumping station combined a warehouse of size axb = 4.5 x 9.9 m. In the
station it will be arranged two pumps (one working, one reserve) with Q
= 20 m3 / h, H = 50 m, NDC = 7.5 kW. Pumping station has a duty
washing filter booster treatment plants and removing a pressure to put
water along steel pipelines  100 onto the ground industrial platform.

In the industrial platform it will built a water tank with a capacity of W =
150 m3. The tank has a duty to reserve and regulate water used for
living, eating, bathing. Next to the tank will be booster pump station
building of size 4.5 x 6. 6 m, includung two pumps in the station (one
working, one reserve) with Q = 24 m3 / h, H = 60 m, NDC = 7.5 kW. The
pump supplying water from tank W = 150 m3 in the main pipes of 100
to the places of consumption on the ground such as lunchrooms,
common activitie building, the boiler ...

- Water supply system for production and fire: water used for
manufacturing and the fire is removed from waste water in the ovens.
Waste water in the ovens after being treated to meet emissions
standards, will be apart further treated to produce and supply for fire
fighting.

* Water supply system in the ovens: water for fire fighting, mining
water for irrigation of dust in the transport tunnels, water in the ovens for
mining and water supply roadheader is taken directly from the tank W =
500m3 on the ground space, flowing down by the difference of high
terrain (used directly from the tank by the form self flowing). In case of
fire the flow is calculated with Q = 15 l / s and 50% of mining water in
the ovens.

 Water lead into ovens through the cage pit. The main pipes will use
steel pipes  150. When there is a fire in mining ovens, water will lead
directly from the tank without the booster pump. The whole fire throats
are decompressed through a general assemblies or local valve,
depending on the position with pressure after the valve P <120m.

b. Waste Water
Living wastewater, and wastwater from production on the industrial area
are collected and taken to the wastewater treatment station. Here, after
acomplete treatment, the wastewater from living, manufacturing and

                                     35
ovens will be rinsed down into Ha Tu streams flowing into the sea. Due
to the different specifications of wastewater for living and for production
and with the arm to save processing costs, the project will separate two
resouces of waste water for production and waste water for living.

Wastewater from mechanical repair areas will settled through the hole
to retain the grease, and then water is vented out. Oily residue will be
collected and stored in the container, waiting for rent a functional unit for
processing.

1.4.4.14. The auxiliary workshops
To meet the requirements of the primary repair, maintenance and repair
of mining equipments, transportation, utilities, including supplying of
adequate raw material needs for normal activities of the mine, it will
needed to build the following projects:

* Mechanical repair shop:
Primary repair shop is responsible for maintenance and simply repair of
mining equipment on the basis of the made available detailed parts. The
big or medium repairs will be transferred to the mechanical plants in
Hon Gai and other mechanical plants of the coal industry.

Mechanical repair shop will built in the industrial area +35 with the block
of factories and warehouses. The shop area is selected on demand
technology is 1440m2, 24m wide, 60m long, 9.6 m high, step column
6m.

* Storage system:
Duties of the stores is receiving, storage, distribution of spare parts and
equipments for the operation and repair of the whole mine.
Warehouse system is built the industrial area +35 with the block of
factories and warehouses.

Wood for reinforcement, big size steel are arranged on an empty free
outdoor area of 1080m2, located next to the building of the cage pit. The
work of loading or unloading by truck crane needs the cooperation with
manually.

* Fuel Station:
Station is responsible for maintenance, fuel allocation for the vehicles
on the ground area, and for providing the diesel tank to move down to
the mine.The station is built the industrial area +35in the Mechanical
repair
building.




                                     36
* Testing parts of hydraulic equipments:
The mission is a control and maintenance and repair of all hydraulic
machines, hydraulic mining reinforcement pillars.
Testing parts of hydraulic equipments will built in the industrial area +35
and in the mechanical repair building.

* The wagon building:
To have a duty of the inspection and maintenance and repair of all
wagons operating in the mine.
The wagon building will built in the industrial area +35 with the area of
12x6 = 72m2.

* The battery light shop:
With a mission to load, testing and maintenance and repair of the entire
amount of alkaline batteries for all lamps in the mine.
The battery light shop is arranged in the administrative activities building.

1.4.3.15. Total ground space
The Nui Beo Coal Mine is open-cast mining and has been invested to
expand mining capacity of 4.3 million tons / year, the premises and the
transport system for the extraction and transportation of coal was build a
relatively complete. The ground and the works built on the mine
boundary and near the mine area include:

Surface of the central sorting workshops .
Surface of mining machine repair workshop, SCO.
Surface of network workshop station .
Premises for mechanical works & building roads.
Surface of transport department No. 1, No. 2, No. 3 and No. 4, 5.
Surface of the industrial yard of the seam 14.
Surface of materials warehouse.
Surface of health station.
Surface of vehicle service.
Office premises of the seam 14 of East Wing.
Recruitment ground for suspension of 2A.
Surface of construction of coal mining + stock.

In accordance with the cleared plan, the industrial yard is arranged in
the functional areas:
- The area of the main production lines.
- The area for supporting of production.
- Surface for the storage of explosives 5 tons.

To select the plane according to plan of vertical pits as a basis for
construction of project works. In accordance with the clearing plan by
vertical pits, the mine industrial premises are located in the functional


                                    37
areas:
- The area of the main production lines.
- The area of supported workshops.

* On the surface of industrial yard there are located the following
buildings and works:
+ On the center space will be build the following buildings and works:
- House on the cage well side.
- The hoist house of (auxiliary) cage wells.
- Compressor station.
+ In the north premises will be built:
- Waste rock wagon road system.
- Filling station waste rock high optical flip.
- Main fan station.
- Station separating oversized stone.
- Waste rock filling station.
- Coal storage of capacity of 15,000 virgin coal.

+ In the south Industrial yard will be build:
- The administrative activities building.
- The house for emergency, fire and automobile garages.
- Hoist house of the auxiliary cage well.
- Parking.
- The gatehouse

+ In the east premises will be built:
- Host house of the main (skip) well.
- Substation 35/6kV.
- Diesel Power Station.

+ In the west the ground space will be built:
- 200 seat canteen.
- The boiler.
- The mechanical repair shop.
- The wagon house.
- Material and equipment storage (outdoor).
- Water storage tank for production, fire and living (500m3 capacity).
- Water pumping station.

Summary of technical and economic indicators in the industrial surface
see the following table:

Table 1.9: Specifications of industrial premises
 No                    Iterms                    Unit           Quantity
  1     Area                                         ha            4,55



                                   38
  2      Cultivated surface                                  ha         3,95
  3      Area for building construction                      ha         0,99
  4      Buliding score                                      %          27,3
  5      Used area                                           ha         2,16
  6      Used score                                          %          54,6
  7      Leveling quatity                                              260.200
                                                                 3
         - digging                                           m         139.200
                                                                 3
         - applying                                          m         121.000
  8      Motorway area, yard                                 ha         1,07
  9      Area for planting trees                             ha         0,46
  10     Fences and gates                                     m        870,00
         Wagon road length 600mm                              m        800,00
  11
         Direction column 1/3                                set        18,0

* Ground support areas include:
1. Surface of water treatment areas for living.
2. Surface of water treatment areas for production (mining waste) water
and surface water.

With the mining conditions, when mining to protect the works on the
east and south and on the basis of topographical mine combined with
the location of industrial premises and boundaries to protect the work
surface, the ground support areas are located in the East of the
Industrial yard.

Table 1.10: Technical specifications of supporting ground area

                                                                 Quantity
                                                            Water          Water
 TT                  Iterms                   Unit     treatment area treatment
                                                       for production     area for
                                                                           food
 1     Area                                   Ha             0,6            0,04
 2     Area for building                      m2           1850,0          200,0
       construction
 3     Buliding score                          %             30,8          50,0
                                                  2
 4     Used area                              m             4850,0        350,0
 5     Used score                              %             80,8         87,50
 6     Leveling quatity
       - digging                              m3           18.600,0      2.160,0


                                         39
      - applying                          m3          8.500,0               -
                                              2
 7    Motorway area, yard                 m           3.000,0          150,0
                                              2
 8    Area for planting trees             m           1.500,0               -

* The explosives storage of 5 tons
Placement of the explosives storage is choosen in the East of the
Industrial yard, near a mountain with distance from the industrial yard =
250m, far away from residential areas and public buildings. It will be
built new roads to the storage to transport explosives into the
warehouse and transport of explosives from the warehouse to the
mining sites.

In the area of fence of the storage it will be built the following houses
and works:
1. The five tons of explosives storage with the area of 37.20 m2.
2. The accessory explosion storage with the area of 18.9 m2.
3. The gatehouse containing the fire equipments with 12m2 area.
4. 5m3 water tank fire prevention.
5. Fences to 450m long and 5m wide gate

1.4.4.16. Volume compensation for site clearance.
Volume compensation for site clearance
The volume of the clearance and resettlement of the mine Nui Beo
divided into two areas.

- The area of industrial premises: Total land area of the industrial space
is 4.55 ha, which is mainly land yard area. Northwest area of the sorting
factory of Nui Beo mine, the northeast has some houses of the people,
the majority of houses are in level IV.

- The area around the present industrial premises of opencast pit Nui
Beo today (in the mine lease boundary of Nui Beo), as calculated, the
mining will affect the surface topography. In this region there is a few
number of population, so to the maximum exploitation of coal of natural
resources by underground mining methods we need a full fire broke,
that’s wh it needs to relocate the households. According to update the
entire number of houses in the area is 70 households. In addition to
construction of conveyors transport coal from the ground in the field of
industrial surface to the Ha Lam sorting plant and the 35 kV power lines
it should be compensation for site clearance.

Table 1.11: Volume of compensation, site clearance




                                     40
 No                     Name                           Unit       Quanlity       Notes

     1    Industrial Yard +35:
                                                                               Siple house
          - Number of works shops: 3                   m2              400
                                                                               Siple house
          - Number of citizen houses: 5                m2              300
          In the mine range:
     2
          - Number of citizen houses: 70
                                                       m2              5.600
          - conveyor line 7 km long                                             Two-floor
                                                       m2             24.500
          - electrical line 35 kV long                                           house
                                                       m2             10.800
          0,9km

1.4.4.17. Organization of construction
a) Building on the ground
Time of construction works on the ground are arranged in accordance
with the progress of construction in the ovens. Duration of construction
works on the ground is done over a period of three years.

Progress of construction works on the ground - see the following table:
Table 1.12: The schedule of the ground construction
                                                         Time of construction
No              Name                 Unit   Quantity First Second Third
                                                         year     year  year
A        GROUND PART
 I       Industrial yard +35
 1       Leveling the area                     m3        260.200,0
 2       Motor road a yards                    m2         8.900,0
 3       Gates and fences                      m              870,0
 4       Green trees planting                  m2         4.600,0
         House on the face of the
 5                                             m2             369,0
         skip pit
         Corridor conveyor from the
 6       skip pit to station separating        m2             89,1
         rocks
 7       Rock sorting station                  m2             135,0
         Corridor conveyor from the
         rock station to the conveyor
 8                                             m2             198,0
         leading to the sorting coal
         station
 9       Crash coal storage 15.000T            m2           1728,0
                                                   2
10       Corridor conveyor from the            m              280,5


                                          41
     separating stone station to
     the crash coal storage
     Tunnel conveyor from the
     incident coal storage to
11                                         m2    676,5
     conveyor leading to the
     sorting station
     Corridor conveyor from the
12   rock separating station to the        m2    132,0
     rosk bunker
     Filling station of wast stones
13   from the stone separating             m2    69,66
     station
     Hoist house of the main
14                                         m2    333,25
     (skip) pit
15   Main fan station                      m2    288,0
     House on the surface of the
16                                         m2    784,0
     second (cage) pit
17   Hoist house of the cage pit           m2    333,25
     Station of wagon road                       800,0
     600mm                                  M    18,0
18
              Direction column             set
     1/3
     waste rock filling station
19                                         m2    20,25
     (high-optical flip)
20   Compressor station                    m2    135,00
21   Mechanical repair shop                m2    1.440,0
22   Wagon house                           m2     72,0
     Material and equipment
23                                         m2    2.819,5
     storage (opening)
24   Administrative house                  m2    1.139,0
     Builing for emergency, fire,
25                                         m2    475,0
     and garage
26   Boiler                                m2    59,28
27   Dining house (200 seats)              m2    380,0
28   Gatehouse                             m2     12,0
29   Corridor                              m2    968,0
     Surface of the supporting
II
     area



                                      42
      Surface of water treatment
1
      areas for production, living
      * leveling the surface                m3      27.100,0
      * motor road and yard                 m2      3.000,0
      * Build the filter tank, the
                                            m2      1.850,0
      works in the treatment house
      * Green trees planting                m2      1.500,0
      * motor road leading to the
                                            m2       120,0
      surface
      Surface of water treatment
2
      for living
      * quantity of surface leveling        m3      2.160,0
                                                2
      * motor road and yards                m        150,0
      * building bunkers and works
                                            m2       200,0
      in the area
      5 TONS EXPLOISIVES
III
      STORAGE
      * Leveling:   - soil digging          m3      9.000,0
                -
                                            m3      1.050,0
      embankmenting
      * 5 tons explosives storage           m2       37,2
      * gatehouse with equipments
                                            m2       12,0
      of fire fighting
      * water tank for fire fighting
                                        Piece         1,0
      5m3
      * Gate and fences                     M        450,0
      * road to the storage                 M        450,0
      OUTSIDE
B     TRANSPORTATION
      SYSTEM
      Coal transportation
1     - conveyors to the Halam              M       7002,0
      sorting factory (10
      conveyors)
      Motor way to the surface, its
2                                           M        450,0
      length (repair)
      WATER SUPPLY AND
C
      SEWER


                                       43
         Water tank 500m3 (surface
 1                                            Tank     1,0
         +35)
         Water tank 200m3 (water
 2                                            Tank     1,0
         treatment area)
         Pumping station level I           station
 3                                                     1,0
         (surface +35)
         Pumping station level II          station
 4                                                     1,0
         (water treatment area
         Water supplying pipeline
 5                                             M     2.830,0
         100  450
         Wast water pipeline 100 
 6                                             M     4.250,0
         450
         ELECTRICAL SUPPLY
 D
         SYSTEM
 1       Substation 35/6kV                 station     1,0
 2       Diesel power station              station     1,0
 3       Substation 6/0,4kV                station    19,0
 4       Substation 6/0,72kV               station     2,0
 5       ĐDK 35kV and cables 35kV             Km       0,9
 6       ĐDK 6kV and cables 6kV               Km      11,0
b) Constractions in the ovens
    Construction time in the oves is 4 years.
Table 1.13: Progress of tunneling construction

 TT                    Names of ovens                     unit    progress
  1       Vertical pits                                 m/month      40
     2    Tunneling in the stations                    m/month          50
     3    Tunnel for keeping water                     m/month          40
          Ovens accrosing seams, main upper            m/month
     4                                                                 5090
          transport ovens
          Upper ovens in coal and oves along           m/month
     5                                                             80 200
          seams
     6    Upper ovens of exploitation                  m/month     80 100

(Note: The first numbers for tunnels of craft digging, the following
number for the tunnels of mechanization).

1.4.5. The impacts open-cast mining - underground mining


                                         44
1.4.5.1. To determine the effect of blasting in opencast mining to
underground mining of Nui Beo coal seam 11.

1. Safe distance from the blast in opencast mining with the mining
underground.
The mining methods concurrently in both opencast and underground
mining methods can directly affect each other. So, in the mining it
requires the close coordination with each other between the open-cast
mining and underground mining, on process and technology exploitation.

Safety distance to works on the ground surface.
According QCVN 02: 2008/BCT determine the scope of the safety of the
open pit mine explosion:
a. Safe distance from the shock
Safe distance from the shock when the blast is determined as follows:


                                 Rkk  k s . Q , (m)

Where:
- Kc: coefficient depending on the nature of rock protection works.
According to the nature of the ground layout of the pit yard pick
industries kc = 4;
- = 1: coefficient depending on the index of explosive effects;
- Q: The volume of drug explosion; (kg).

Safe distance from the shock of each scale mines are presented in the following
table.
Table 1.14: Safety distance of shock


            Scale explosion sites
   No                                      Sfety distance of shock Rc (m)
                    (kg/bãi)
    1                1.000                                 80
    2                2.000                                 101
    3                3.000                                 115
    4                4.000                                 127
    5              5.000                           137
b. Safe distance from the impact of air waves
To prevent people from being injured, equipment, buildings not
damaged by the effects of the air blast wave, the safe distance from the
blast site must ensure that:




                                        45
                               Rkk  k s . Q , (m)

Where:
- KS: coefficient depending on the conditions in location, size
distribution and degree of damage to mine. The works in the field of
industrial premises of mines safety level is II and ks = 5 12;
- Q: The total quantity of explosives in the yard, (kg).

Safe distance from the wave hitting the air for each size of the minefield
is shown in the following table.
Table 1.15: Safety distance of the impact of air waves



               Scale explosion
                    sites              safety distance air waves Rc
      No
                                                    (m)
                   (kg/site)
       1             1.000                            158
       2             2.000                            224
       3             3.000                            274
       4             4.000                            316
       5             5.000                       354
      c. Safe distance from the dumped
      Safety distance kicked determined by the formula:
                                E   2.d
                                      W'   ;    (m)
                          W '  C.sin   L. cos ;   (m)
Where:
- D: diameter of the hole;
- W ': minimum depth of the hole is the shortest path from the upper
surface of the hole to freedom;
- C: Distance from the mouth hole to edge of floor (m);
- L: length of button holes, (m);
: angle of slope of floor (m).

Safe distance from the dumped stones for each diameter of the hole
shown in the following table.


Table 1.16: Safety distance of dumped stones


TT         Center hole diameter Dk             Safety distance kicked stones


                                     46
                    (mm)                                   (m)
 1                   165                                   200
 2                   200                                   230
 3                   250                                   288

Safety distance of the tunnels of the seam 11 in the underground
mine Nui Beo.

When exploiting by a combination of open-cast mining methods and
methods of deep mining, the impact of the drilling and blasting in open
pits to underground work mainly in the following ranges:

- The impact of the drilling and blasting to the underground vertical
mining lines when the tunnels are located at the bottom of the opening
pit.
- The impact of the drilling and blasting horizontally when the tunnels on
the same altitude in-depth of the open-cast mining.

The world has a lot of research to determine the extent permitted
blasting rock on the pit in order to limit the influence of the tunnels which
must include study and research of Xadopski and Mocinhes.

a. Determination of rate move by the impact of opencast mine
explosion affects the tunnels.
According Xadopski, moving speed of the soil by blasting in opening pit
depends on the distance between the explosion sites to calculate the
position and characteristics of the rock, and blasting technology is
determined by the formula:


                                          n
                                    3 Q 
                             V  k .     , cm/s
                                     R 
                                        

 Where:
- Q: The volume of opencast mines of explosives, kg / case;
- R: distance from the bottom of the pit to the coal mining seam, m;
- K: coefficient depending on the characteristics of rock and blasting
technology. The experience of blasting on the mines of foreign shows
that using the wrong method of blasting, the coefficient k value is
smaller than the immediate blast, whereby the reduced impact shock
counting.




                                     47
On the other hand when the open pit mine explosion caused seismic
shocks have a low frequency oscillator and damped rapidly with depth
of mine. This feature is shown in relation to explosive effect on the
opening pit to deep mining pit. K value lower than 2 to 3 times the value
measured on the surface. For pit area Nui Beo it is choose k = 200.

n=1.5  3: The index depends on the distance from safety works to the
point of explosion. Choose n = 1.6.

For projects with significant use as well as different lifetime value
moving speed is also defined differently. Moving speed of the rock
allows the expressed level of destruction through practice and testing as
the following table.
Table 1.17: Characteristics of rock destruction according to the
speed moving

                                                     Speed of moving of
No               Features destruction
                                                     soil, stones, (cm/s)
1    No damage occurred                                        20
     Development of cracks negligible level, the
2    phenomenon of cracking in rock blasting               20  50
     area before
     The growth of cracks increased with the
3    breakdown of rocks the size of 0,2 x 02 x 0,2         50  100
     m
     Development     of     cracks      destroyed
     sedimentary rocks have long left the
4                                                         100  150
     dimensions 0.5 x 0.5 x 0.5 m on the weak
     surface
      Development     of    cracks      destroyed
     sedimentary rocks have long left the
     dimensions 1500.5 x 0.5 x 0.5 m on the
     main              surface                100
5                                                         150  300
     5 Destroy the walls and roof cracks oven
     sediment, creating cracks in rocks and
     destroying head protection as well as open
     pit floor

As table 2.5 works of tunnels are only safe when the moving soil
speedat the site of tunnels to be smaller than 20 cm / s.
Determination of the explosion of mines to ensure safe mining.
a. The distance from the area blasting in the open mine to the deep
mining tunnels.
Sequential development of opening mining surface and the mining


                                   48
tunnels seam 11, the distance from the border of the opening pit to the
tunnels according mining years are presented in the following table.
Table 1.18: minimal distance from the blasting area of the opening mine
to mining tunnels:

                    nearest distance from the blast area             to the
                    mining tunnels (m)
 TT       section
                                           Mining year
                                    2012                       2015
 1           VI                                                229
 2          VIIA                                               112
 3          VIIIA         222 (mining in 2013)                 279
 4          IXA              90 (mining in 2013)
 The nearest
                                     90                        112
 distance(m)

The distance from the main (skip) pit to the border of the mine: 117 m.
The distance from the cage pit to the border of the mine: 166 m.

b. Scale of opening pit explosion safety for tunnels
The size of explosion safety for the Nui Beo coal mine tunnels is shown
in the following table.
Table 1.19: Scale of the explosion to ensure the safety of the
tunnels
              distance from the blast
      TT      location to the tunnels         scale explosions(kg)
                        (m)
      1                 80                               680
      2                 90                           1.100
      3                100                           1.800
      4                110                           2.800
      5                112                           3.000
      6                120                           4.000
      7                125                           5.000
      8                130                           6.000
      9                140                           8.000




                                      49
The distance between the blast area of the opening pit and the tunnels
change by location and time. So, for each region and at certain times
we need to calculate the scale explosion sites accordingly.

With the largest-scale explosion sites (five tons of explosives / case),
the distance to ensure the safety of mining tunnels under the conditions
of the seam 11 a safe distance from the bottom of the pit to the oven
and make way protection movement speed allows the distance from the
border from the open pit to underground mining works is 125 m. With
such spacing, the size 5 tons of explosives and blasting / case is not
safe for the tunnels
.
According to Table 2.6 and Table 2.7 are: scale opencast mines to
ensure the mining tunnels at a distance of 90 m (2012) is 1,100 kg.

Particularly for vertical skip pit and cage pit, because of the horizontal
effects of shock waves, to ensure safety for the pits we need to
determine the scale explosion sites for each location and specific time-
scale explosion sites and safety shock for the pits is 3,000 kg.



1.   Conclusion:


To ensure the safe clearing of the pits and tunnels and tunnels
exploiting the seam 11 (during the period of basic construction 2011-
2014 during the concurrent exploting time of opening and underground
mining 2014-2015) we need adjustment scale for each explosion and
the specific location at specific times:

- In 2012: Scale of the explosion at the nearest position from the open
pit mine field to the tunnels is 1,100 kg (IXA gland area). With this scale
the frequency of blasting is 12 cases / day.

- In 2015: Scale of the explosion at the nearest position from the open
pit mine field to the tunnels is 3,000 kg (gland area VIIA). The frequency
of blasting 1 case / day.

- Scale of the explosion safety of the main vertical pit, and cage pit are
3.000kg/case.

However, the adjusted scale explosions as calculated above do not
affect to the capacity of the open mining pit.




                                    50
3. Recommendations:

- There should be examined, additional studies of the natural conditions
of rocks, geological structure of rock mass, hydro-geological conditions
in the boundary between opencast and underground mining.

- Identificate by equipment with specialized elements of the geology of
the wave of negative values rocks on the road, the bottom of the
opening pit as: , ,  in the soil waves as Cp, Cs. ..

- In the extraction process it requires the close cooperation between the
two methods of exploitation of space as well as the time to avoid
maximumly exploitation of the same case, and shall take all measures
to monitor the phenomenon of variable Change the geology of rocks,
changes in the hydro-geological process operators to make timely
adjustments to appropriately scale blasting to avoid the maximum
impact on the seismic.

- Increase using of explosive energy by drilling inclined, segmented
column gas flow and other measures for explosive shock.

1.4.5.2. Determine the effect of underground mining of the Nui Beo
coal mine to surface works.

On the surface of the Nui Beo coal mine there are many civil and
industrial objects. For the coal exploiting, we needed to calculate the
selection of special measures to exploit or reinforcement to protect the
work surface in a reasonable manner and saving resources. Therefore,
we need to classify the works according to the rating grades based on
several criteria:

1. The meaning function.
2. Structures of construction.
3. The nature of the damage caused by mining below the works.

For the boundary region of the Nui Beo underground mining area, we
need to protect the following works:

a. The residents of 1  5 storey, built by bricks of size 10 m x14 m with
30% depreciation rate.

b. The residents of the frame of 15 floors, with size 15 mx 20 m with
20% depreciation rate.

c. Thick brick wall barrier thick 20  30cm, height 1.5 m, length 40-50 m
and 30% depreciation rate.


                                    51
 d. The building of public works like schools, hospitals, factory for repair,
 textured concrete frame, building bricks of 2-3 storey, size 30  80m
 and
 20% depreciation rate.

 e. Roads, including highways size 8  10 m; inter-ward and inter-city
 mostly asphalt, or gravel roads of size from 3  5m.

 f. Coal rail transport of speed 40 - 60 km / h, transport capacity
 4,000,000 tons / year

 g. Underground cables

 h. Water pipelines

 i. High voltage power lines 35 kV, 6 kV, the line voltage 220 V.

 k. Cemeteries and memorials of martyrs and other public works

 m. Substation

 The deformation values for viewing the following table.

 Table 1.20: The strain values for each type of works

                                                Type     deformation Value
                                                  of    Allowed     Limint
TT           Tupe of construction               defo    deformati deformati
                                                rmat    on Value on Value
                                                 ion
     Housing building 1  5 floors, with
1    bricks, size 10 x15 m, depreciation                 4 .10-3       5.10-3
     30%.
     Housing building 1  5 floors, with
2    frame, size 15 x 20 m, depreciation                 5.10-3        6.10-3
     30%.
     Brick wall barrier 0,2  0,3 m, high 1,5
3                                                       10.10-3       12.10-3
     m; long 40  50 m.
     Schools, hospitals, frame construction,
4                                                       3.5 .10-3    4.5 .10-3
     bricks, 2  3 floors, depreciation 30%.
     Underground line cable
5                                                        2 .10-3     Bới đất ra
6    Water pipelines:
     a – main line on the ground                  ø      10.10-3       15.10-3


                                      52
     b- undergroud steel lines:                   ø
        in the sand                               ø       5.10-3      8.10-3
        in the soil                                       4.10-3      6.10-3
                                                   i     10.10-3     10.10-3
     - Rail road <10 mil. tons /year, speed              8.10-3      8.10-3
                                                  R      6.5 km      6.5 km
7    40  80 km
                                                  hth     5 cm        5 cm
     - Highway 18
                                                  V     15mm/ng     15mm/ng
                                                            đ           đ
8    Substation:
     - Voltage 110  400 kV                                          7.10-3
                                                  i                  11.10-3
     - Voltage < 110 kV                                             10.10-3
                                                  i                  14.10-3
                                                        Normal exploitation.
     high-voltage power lines 35 kV, 6 kV,
9                                                       Regular monitoring
     the line voltage 220 V puplic electricity.
                                                        and repair
                                                        Normal exploitation.
10 Roads normal joint exploitation zone                 Regular monitoring
                                                        and repair
                                                        Normal exploitation.
11 memorial, cemetery                                   Regular monitoring
                                                        and repair
   The construction of a concrete water
12                                                       5.10-3
   depth < 3 m.
13 a- Network of cast iron pipe without
   pressure diameter d:d ≤ 100                           3.10-3
                                                  i       7.10-3
     100 < d ≤ 200                                      3.5.10-3
                                                  i       5.10-3
     200 < d ≤ 400                                       4.10-3
                                                  i      2.5.10-3
     b- pressure steel pipeline
     1. On the ground
     2. On the ground                                    8.10-3     15.10-3
     2. Underground                               
     - Sand                                              4.10-3     6.10-3
     - Clay                                               3.10-3     5.10-3

 The strain values obtained by the "Rules for protecting buildings and
 other natural objects affected by mining - the Russian Federation".

 After examining the overall status ground, mining plan, plan of ending of
 open mining, plan and design of scale diagrams preparation tunnels and
 mining system seams 11, 10, 7 of Nui Beo Coal Mine and calculate fat
 and deformed rock movement that:


                                      53
     1. The process of coal mining by method of breaking fire caused the
     total value in excess strain deformation for the works on the surface.
     Therefore, for the mineral sector is prepared on the surface that works
     to protect the right to apply special technology or to exploit the coal
     based protection, with specific conditions on the surface of the Nui Beo
     n the East and South are residential, industrial, highway, path planning
     in high-voltage power lines .... So to exploit the seams of coal resources
     under the works, the project selects the exploiting technology of the full
     reinforcement.

     2. According to the mining plan of open and underground exploiting and
     the prepared diagrams of mining reservoir 11 and during ongoing
     mining of undergroud and opencast (2014  2015), the mining ovens do
     not belong to the area of open mining in the top, so should not affect the
     open-cast mining. But can an objective reason for the opencast mining
     can not end before mining below the open-cast mining pits must be
     done after a minimum time period of dangerous distortions (3-5 months)

     3. During underground mining we need to make the observation values
     shift and distortion, detection period start and end of the shift dangerous
     for operating the production process, take corrective works when the
     period of dangerous distortions.

     1.4.6. Statistics machinery and equipment of the project

     Table 1.21: List of main equipment for the project

                                              Made
TT       The name and specifications                     Unit    quantity     Note
                                               in
 I    TUNNELING AND MINING
 A    TUNNELING
      Complex CGH coal tunneling
I.1.1
      AM-50Z (02 complex)
      Combai: on the floor furnace
      compression pressure: 0,14 MPa;
      can be dug in the slope angle:
                                                                               New
  1   18o; diameter (including knives)        Poland    piece        2
                                                                              100%
      750 mm; width (2 dugginh
      heads); Total power P =184 kW;
      voltage U = 660/1140 V.
      soft high network capacity of 80                                       New
      tons/h, Length 80m, Speed                                              100%
  2                                           China    Complex       4
      v=0.87m/s, Motor power N=30
      kW, Voltage U=380/660V


                                         54
        Conveyor: Capacity Q=400T/h,                    piece       New
        width of conveyor B=800mm,                                  100%
 3      slope angle  = 30, velocity                            1
        V=1,6m/s, length L=400m, power
        P=55kW, voltage U=380/660V
        Slope      conveyor:      capacity              piece       New
        Q=200T/h,         band       width                          100%
        B=650mm, slope angle  = 230,
 4                                                              1
        velocity    V=1,6m/s,       length
        L=200m, power P=75kW, voltage
        U=380/660V
        Fans =7701500 m3/ph; pressure                  piece       New
 5      5503500 Pa; capacity P =2x37                           2   100%
        kW; voltage U =380/660 V.
        Equipment dust flow 6,8 m3/s;                   piece       New
        Lower fan pressure 10 kPa; dust                             100%
 6      recovered 63~85 kg/h; fanpower                          2
        P = 37 kW; pump power P =5,5
        kW. voltage U = 380/660 V
        Water pumps of capacity =10                     piece       New
        m3/ph; height of step =15 m;                                100%
 7                                            China             2
        power P = 1,2 kW; voltage U =
        127 V
                                                        piece       New
 8      Drilling machines                     Russian           4
                                                                    100%
                                                        piece       New
 9      Inserting hammers                     Russian           4
                                                                    100%
                                                        piece       New
 10     Blasting machine                      Poland            2
                                                                    100%
        Stone tunneling equipment                       piece       New
I.1.2
        Tamroc (01 complex)                                         100%
        Drilling machine Tamrrock:                      piece       New
        drilling hammer; beat frequency                             100%
        50 hZ; working pressure 160 bar;
        leading length1,522,54 m;
 1      rotating drilling machine 360o;       Finland           1
        advancing jouney 2000 mm;
        maximum moving speed 2 km/h;
        abillity of working with the slope
        25%; tank capacity
        Wheel loader: capacity 4060                    piece       New
        m3/h; bucket capacity 0,5 m3;                               100%
 2      slope up to ±8o; maximum tilt ±6o;    Ba Lan            1
        unit floor pressure 0,08 MPa;
        moving speed 00,7 m/s; power


                                         55
        P = 32 kW; voltage U =380/660
        V.


        Transfer machine: capacity 100                  piece       New
        m3/h; conveyor speed 1,25 m/s;                              100%
 3                                              China           1
        stand width 650 mm; power P
        =11 kW; voltage U =380/660 V.
        Fan =770÷1500 m3/ph; pressure                   piece       New
 4      5503500 Pa; power P =2x37                              1   100%
        kW; voltage U =380/660 V.
        Water pump: capacity =10 m3/ph;                 piece       New
 5      height of step =15 m; power P =         China           1   100%
        1,2 kW; voltage U = 127 V
                                                        piece       New
 6      Inserting hammers                      Russia           3
                                                                    100%
        concrete    spraying   machine,                 piece       New
        motor power 5,5kW, voltage                                  100%
 7                                                              1
        380V,      Pneumatic     spend
           3
        5m /minute
        presses mortar concrete anchor,                 piece       New
 8                                                              1
        pneumatic spend 2m3/minute                                  100%
                                                        piece       New
 9      Loading test machine MSI-180                            1
                                                                    100%
                                                        piece       New
 10     Blasting machine                       Poland           1
                                                                    100%
        Coal      co-tunneling       manual             piece       New
I.1.3
        devices (02 complexes)                                      100%
        Electrical drilling machine: power              piece       New
 1                                              China           4
        P =1,2 kW; voltage U = 127 V.                               100%
        Tray: capacity Q =80 T/h, length                piece       New
 2      L =80 m, power P =30 kW,                China           2   100%
        voltage U =380/660 V.
        conveyor: capacity Q=200T/h,                    piece       New
        stand width B=650mm, slope                                  100%
 3      angle  = 80, speed V=1,6m/s,                           1
        length L=400m, power P=55kW,
        voltage U=380/660V
        Conveyor: capacity Q=200T/h,                    piece       New
        stand width B=650mm, slope                                  100%
 4      angle  = 00, speed V=1,6m/s,           China           1
        length L=300m, power P=30kW,
        voltage U=380/660V
        Fans =7701500 m3/ph; pressure                  piece       New
 5                                                              2   100%
        5503500 Pa; power P =2x37


                                          56
      kW; voltage U =380/660 V.

                                                    piece        New
 6    Blasting machine                     Poland           2
                                                                 100%
                                                    piece        New
I.2   MINING
                                                                 100%
      Exploiting mining complex                     piece        New
      with    mobile       reinforcement                         100%
I.2.1 frames ZH (04 complexes) LC
      11101; LC 11102; LC 41101; LC
      41102
      Tray: Capacity Q =150T/h, length China        piece        New
      L =100 m, power P =40 kW,                                  100%
  1                                                         6
      voltage U =380/660 V. Bridge
      closed bottom trough.
      Electrical drilling machines:      China      piece        New
  2   power P =1,2 kW; voltage U =                          8    100%
      127 V.
      Pump stations 500 m high-          China      piece        New
      pressure pipes                                             100%
  3   capacity =200l/ph; pressure =                         4
      31,5 Mpa; power P =125 kW;
      voltage U =660/1140 V.
                                                    piece        New
 4    Inserting hammers                    Russia           12
                                                                 100%
                                                    piece        New
 5    Pulling traction wheel 5 tons                         16
                                                                 100%
                                                    piece        New
 6    Blasting machine                     Poland           4
                                                                 100%
      Exploiting mining complex                     piece        New
I.2.2 CGH VINAALTA (01 complex)                                  100%
      LC 21102
      Exploiting machine: exploiting    Czech       piece        New
      hight 1,3÷2,6 m; exploiting width                          100%
      630800 mm; exploiting deep
      150÷200 mm; maximum
      hardness 40 MPa; maximum
  1                                                         1
      capacity 1000 t/h; drum rotation
      3658 v/ph; slope angle
      according the seam ±35o; slope
      angle ±25o ; moving force 2x220
      kN;
      Tray: capacity Q =750T/h, length Czech        piece        New
  2   L =120 m, chain speed 0,87/0,46                       1    100%
      m/s; slope angle 18o (maximum


                                      57
        30o with anchors); power P =2x90
        kW, voltage U = 500/1000 V.

        Transfer machine: capacity 390          Czech     piece       New
        t/h; speed 0,78/0,96 m/s; length                              100%
 3      50130 m; slope angle 20o;                                1
        power P =2x55 kW; voltage U
        =500/1000 V.
        Crushing machine: capacity              Czech     piece       New
        6001000 m3/h; speed on the                                   100%
        axis 17,7 m/s; maximum
 4      hardness of crushing material                             1
        130 MPa; size entering material
        600x600 mm; power P =75 kW;
        voltage U =500/1000 V
        Flowing machine: capacity 180           Czech     piece       New
        l/ph; pressure 1,52 MPa; power                               100%
 5                                                                1
        P =45 kW; voltage U =500/1000
        V.
        Pump station 500 m high-                Czech     piece       New
        pressure pipe : capacity = 94,5                               100%
 6      l/ph; pressure = 260320 bar;                             1
        power P =55 kW; voltage U
        =500/1000 V.
                                                          piece       New
 7      Inserting hammers                       Russian           3
                                                                      100%
                                                          piece       New
 8      winches bends                           Czech             2
                                                                      100%
        Mining complex CGH MPVS                           piece       New
I.2.3
        3000 (01 complex) LC 31101                                    100%
        Exploiting machine: exploiting                    piece       New
        hight 1,84,0 m; exploiting width                             100%
        630800 mm; exploiting deep
 1      200300 mm; slope angle                                   1
        according to seams ±35o; slope
        angle ±25o ; total power P =612
        kW; voltage U =660/1000 V.
        Tray: capacity Q =750T/h, length Czech            piece       New
        L =150 m, chain speed 0,87/0,46                               100%
 2      m/s; slope 18o (maximum 30o                               1
        with anchors); power P =2x90
        kW, voltage U = 500/1000 V.
        Transfer machine: capacity 390    Czech           piece       New
 3      t/h; speed 0,78/0,96 m/s; length                          1   100%
        50130 m; slope angle 20o;


                                           58
       power P =2x55 kW; voltage U
       =500/1000 V.

       Crushing machine: capacity             Czech   piece        New
       6001000 m3/h; speed on the                                 100%
       axis 17,7 m/s; maximum
 4     hardness of crushing material                          1
       130 MPa; size of entering
       material 600x600 mm; power P
       =75 kW; voltage U =500/1000 V
       Flowing machine, capacity 180          Czech   piece        New
       l/ph; pressure 1,52 MPa; power                             100%
 5                                                            1
       P =45 kW; voltage U =500/1000
       V.
       Pump station 500 m High-               Czech   piece        New
       pressure pipes: capacity = 94,5                             100%
 6     l/ph; pressure = 260320 bar;                          1
       power P =55 kW; voltage U
       =500/1000 V.
                                              Russian piece        New
 7     Inserting hammer                                       3
                                                                   100%
                                              Czech                New
 8     Vinches bends                                          2
                                                                   100%
 II    TRANSPORTATION
       TRANSPORTATION IN MINING
II.1
       OVENS
       diesel locomotive, mounted on Czech            piece        New
       the roof of the furnace, the                                100%
       capacity of 81kW, Speed 2m/s,
 1                                                            3
       cylinder number 8-10, drag force
       F = 120 kN, maximum slope
       angle  = 300 .
       diesel locomotives running on Czech            piece        New
       rails line size 600mm, 81kW                                 100%
       capacity, speed 2m / s, the
 2                                                            2
       number of cylinders 8-10, drag
       force F = 120 kN, slope angle 
       = 300.
       Wagons for transportation of Czech             piece        New
 5                                                            30
       people and material                                         100%
                                        Vietnam       piece        New
 6     One ton wagon of size 600mm                            20
                                                                   100%
                                              Czech   piece        New
 7     winches mounted on monoray                             14
                                                                   100%
 8     Cage     for    accessories   and Czech        piece   30   New


                                         59
       materials transportation                                   100%
        Hoisting, epilepsy D=200mm,                  piece        New
       drum width B=300mm, drag force                             100%
 9                                           China            4
       F=7,5kN, speed V=0,7m/s, motor
       powerP=5,5kW
       Transportation on the ground
II.2
       surface
       Trucks for tailings of loading 15             piece        New
 1
       tons                                                   1   100%
       Trucks for materials of loading               piece        New
 2
       15 tons                                                2   100%
       Trucks for multi-use of loading 5             piece        New
 3
       tons                                                   2   100%
       car for production command (type              piece        New
 4
       2 demand)                                              1   100%
       cars executive producer (of 4                 piece        New
 5
       seats)                                                 2   100%
                                                     piece        New
 6     Cars for workers
                                                              4   100%
                                                     piece        New
 7     ambulance cars
                                                              1   100%
                                                     piece        New
 8     Vehicle for road water flowing
                                                              1   100%
     Fan station MBCG, capacity                      piece        New
     111320 m3/giây, low pressure                                100%
     10004500 Pa, motor power P =
 III                                   Czech                  2
     1600kW, voltage U=6kV, speed
     500v/ph; fan diameter D=3150 –
     complex
     DRY AND DRAINAGE OF THE                                      New
 IV
     MINING GROUND AREA                                           100%
     dumping sewage pumping station                               New
IV.1
     in the Nui Beo open mine                                     100%
     immersion type water pump                                    New
  1  capacity of 150 m3/h, pumping China              piece   5   100%
     height H=180m
     sewage pumping station at -                                  New
IV.2
     140                                                          100%
     Pump Q = 346 m3/h, pumping China                piece        New
  1  hight H=269,5m suction height                            5   100%
     6,0m,
      immersion priming pump, flow China             piece        New
     3.6 m3 / h, pumping height of H =                            100%
  2                                                           5
     16m speed, speed n = 1500V / p,
     1.6 kW power, voltage U = 220V


                                        60
     sewage pumping station at -                   China                             New
IV.3
     350                                                                             100%
     Water pump        Q =500m3/h,                 China     piece                   New
 1   pumping hight H=513m suction                                            5       100%
     hight 6,0m,
      immersion priming pump, flow                 China     piece                   New
     3.6 m3 / h, pumping height of H =                                               100%
 2                                                                           5
     16m speed, speed n = 1500V / p,
     1.6 kW power, voltage U = 220V
     Sewage local pumping stations                                                   New
IV.4                                                                                 100%
     in mining ovens
     Water pump with capacity                                piece                   New
     Q=30m3/h, pumping hight H=70m                                                   100%
     suction hight 6,5m, accompanied
 1                                                 Vietnam                   7
     by explosion prevention motor
     power P=18,5kW, n=2900v/p,
     U=380v
     THE FIXED COMPRESSOR on                                                         New
 V
     the industrial ground area                                                      100%
     Compressor capacity                                     piece                   New
     20m3/minute, pressure p=8at,                                                    100%
 1                                                  China                    4
     power P=132kW, U=380/660V
     cooling water 2m3/h

       Table 1.22: List of equipment for automatical system monitoring methane gas


       TT                      Name of equipment                             Unit    Quanatity

        1    Central control cabinet (synchronous)                         set           2
        2    cable connection box                                          Box           2
        3    Element against flash                                         Box          20
        4    Grounding column against flash                                Box          40
        5    Methane sensor                                                Box          45
        6    Wind speed sensor +(0-20)m/s                                  Box          20
        7    Probe station's low voltage blower vacuum (pressure           Box           2
             line)

         8   Gas sensor CO                                                 Box          12
         9   Calibration of the CO 2                                       Box           2
        10   The control of the states                                     Box          13
        11   Table load to probing reserve sensor                          Box           3
        12   The joint action of anti-explosion safety power cut           Box          40



                                              61
     sparks
13   Telephone cable connection boxes outdoor lightning    Box        4
     of 80 pairs
14   telephone cable connection boxes outdoor lightning    Box        2
     of 20 pairs
15   Safe cable connector box in the ovens against flash   Box       138
16   Power UPS online, 2kVA                                Box        1
17   Power UPS                                             Box        2
18    computer operating software Windows XP (Pro)         Box        4
     Copyright
19   big screen 70 inch                                    Box         1
20   Modem connecting LAN 1 set including (M&S)            Box         1
21   Switches                                              Box         1
22   Resistors Varistoragainst flash                       piece     320
23   Vantil against flash                                  piece      10
24   air conditioning, dehumidifiers, vacuum cleaners      piece       2
25   Fans                                                  piece       2
26   Universal Digital                                     piece       1
27   Universal Digital Safe The first spark                Box         1
28   generator and frequency meter (0-20)MHz               Box         1
29   Digital Oscilloscope                                  Box         1
30   Power controller automatically programmed reading     Box         1
31    multi-gas meter                                      Box         2
32   Column measuring liquid and gas                       piece       4
33   Pressure Reducing Valve used for gasCH4                Box        4
34   Equipment Measuring the absolute pressure             piece       1
35   Equipment Measuring temperature and humidity          piece       1
36   specialized tools to repair                            Box        1
37   Voltage switchboards                                  piece       2
38   The phase voltage LiOA 1 1                            piece       1
39    Isolation transformer of one phase                   piece       1
40   Reversal                                              piece       1
41   Atomat LG one phase The first electric leakage        piece       1
     protection
42   Atomat LG one phase                                   piece     12
43   The fire extinguisher                                 piece      4

1.4.7. Types of course materials for the project.
However, major raw materials for the project per year averages are


                                  62
    listed in the following table:

    Table 1.23: Fuel, raw materials for the project

    No                  Material                    Unit            Consumption
     1     Explosives                             Kg/year       98.823  138.620
     2     Diesel Oil                            Tons/year             13,45

    1.4.8. Total investment of the project
    Table 1.24: The main economic indicators of the project


                                                      Value (1000 VND)
No Investment terms
                                       Before tax             VAT          After tax
     TOTAL                      4.975.151.393   326.325.363              5.301.476.756
I    NEW INNVESTMENT            4.975.151.393   326.325.363              5.301.476.756
1    Construction expenses      1.354.024.968   135.402.497              1.489.427.465
a    In mining ovens            1.077.481.223   107.748.122              1.185.229.346
b    On the ground                276.543.744    27.654.374                304.198.119
     Protection works              38.893.990     3.889.399                 42.783.389
     Station of waste produced
-                                  38.502.010     3.850.201                    42.352.211
     water Treatment
     Station of living waste
-                                     391.980        39.198                      431.178
     water treatment
2    Equipment expenses         1.679.949.030   166.563.341              1.846.512.371
a    In mining ovens            1.288.868.980   128.886.898              1.417.755.878
b    On the ground                391.080.050    37.676.443                428.756.493
     Protection works          14.540.158.382 1.454.015.838             15.994.174.220
     Station of waste produced
-                              13.697.858.559 1.369.785.856             15.067.644.415
     water Treatment
     Station of living waste
-                                 842.299.823    84.229.982                926.529.805
     water treatment
     The cost of compensation,
3    assistance and                18.740.000     1.874.000                    20.614.000
     resettlement
4    Project Cost Management       24.994.223     2.499.422                    27.493.645
     Cost of construction
5                                 186.481.173    18.238.358                204.719.531
     investment consultancy
6    Other expenses, of which     709.984.030     1.747.744                711.731.774
a    Other expenses                18.322.048     1.747.744                 20.069.792
b    initial working capital       72.235.000             0                 72.235.000



                                            63
c Profit during construction     619.426.982               0   619.426.982
7 Reserve expenses              1.000.977.970              0 1.000.977.970
a cost incurred (1-:-6a)x10%     328.251.144               0   328.251.144
  costs of price adjustment
b factor (1 -:-6a) x average     672.726.826               0     672.726.826
  inflation level


 1.4.9. Production and Labour Management

 1.4.9.1. Permanent workers.

 Direct permanent labor is determined on the basis of the workload of the
 production: coal mining, tunneling preparation and transportation of coal,
 coal processing and other support work at the time reaching the design
 capacity by the current labor norms.

 Indirect employees is determined on the basis of labor needs of the
 departments managing and operating the mine production.

 Labor Workforce Nui Beo coal mine pit as shown in the following table:
 Table 1.25: Permanent workforce of the whole mine
                                            Worker Number
 No           Employers
                                  Request        Score          List
   I    Direct workers                1.466                     1.920
   1    Mining workers                   930                    1.275
   -    Exploiting workers               480        1,38         662
   -    Workers tunneling                186        1,38         257
   -    Supporting workers               264        1,2          356
   2    Wokers on the ground             536        1,2          645
   II   Indirect wokers                  180                     180
        Total                         1.646                     2.100

 1.4.9.2. Labor productivity.
 Labor productivity for a mining workert, a direct workers and an
 employee of mine.
 The capacity of each type of mine workers in the following table:
 Table 1.26: Labor productivity of the mine

  No       Type of labor           Unit         Labor productivity      Notes



                                    64
    Exploiting
1                    Ton/person/year   3.019,3
    wokers
                                                 According
2   Direct wokers    Ton/person/year   1.041,7     lists
3   The whole mine   Ton/person/year   952,4




                           65
Chapter 2
NATURAL, ENVIRONMENT AND ECONOMICALLY – SOCIAL
CONDITIONS

2.1. NATURAL CONDITIONS AND ENVIRONMENT.
2.1.1. Conditions of geography, topography and climate.

2.1.1.1. Topography, rivers and streams.
The mine area belongs to the hills, lower from north to south and form
two types of terrain:
- Place the original in the South and Southeast mine.
- Man-made terrain, including open mining area in the center,
developing to the west and the waste dumps.

- In spring Ha Tu of the mine, from parting of the anticline 158, Ha Tu
streams in the south of the industrial area of Nui Beo coal mine, flows
from west to east. Stream sections flowing through the mining areas
have length 2 km, basin area F = 5.4 km2, maximum flow rate Q =
280.5 l / s. Because of the impact of the mining waste dumping to the
stream, its bottom is thicker from 0.5  0.7m, somewhere up to 1m.
Size streams today:
+ Bottom width: b = 7  9m
+ Stream depth: h = 1.2  2m.

2.1.1.2. Climate characteristics.
Project area lies in the tropical monsoon climate, relatively mild. A year
is divided into two seasons: hot, humid and rainy summer (from early
May to late October), dry winters and less rain (from late November to
late March next year). Prevailing wind direction is mainly South - East in
the summer (from April to October in the year) and the North - Northeast
in winter (from November this year to April next year). General data
from the monitoring data of the meteorological station of Bai Chay -
Quang Ninh province from 1998 to 2008:

a. Air temperature.
Variation of temperature:
If you recognize the hot season is the period when average daily
temperatures above 25oC, cold season is the period when average
daily temperatures below 20oC, while the seasonal transition period is a
day the average temperature in the range 20 - 25oC in the lowlands, the
hot season runs from late April and early May, ending in mid-October,
winter starts in November and end in March next year.




                                   66
   In the region, the coldest month is January and the warmest month is
   July. The amplitude in about 12-13oC.

   During the season, dayly temperature variation are very rule. From early
   morning, the temperature begins to rise and from past noon, the
   temperature began to decrease. Time lowest temperature is usually
   around 4-6 hours, time is the highest temperature at about 12-16 hours.

   Table 2.1: The average air temperature (oC)

Month   1    2     3      4     5     6        7   8    9     10    11    12     TB
Temp
eratur 16,2 16,8 19,4 23,2 26,8 28,3 28,6 27,9 27,0 24,7 21,3 17,8 23,2
  e

   (Source: meteorological station of Bai Chay - Quang Ninh)

   Number of days with temperatures at different levels:
   In winter, the number of days with temperatures below 10°C are few
   and occur only in December, January and February. On average, each
   year is 1-3 days.

   Number of days with temperatures below 15oC is numerous and appear
   in all winter months (from November to April), but focuses mainly on in
   January and February, accounting for 30-50% of days in the these
   months. On average, each year about 30-40 days.

   In summer the average temperature on the popular 20 - 30oC. The
   number of days with average temperatures above 30 ° C appears only
   in the period from May to September, focuses mainly on in June and
   July, average 10-13 days each year. The high temperature was 40.70 C
   absolute, absolute low as 50C.

   b. Rain Capacity:
   Quang Ninh is one of the heavy rainfall in the northern provinces.

   In the summer (May to October) rainfall in some areas range from
   1.100mm to 2,400 mm. The distribution of rainfall is similar for annual
   rainfall. That said, the summer rainfall is an essential part of the annual
   rainfall.

   In spring (November to April of next year), rainfall at most places is 150-
   400mm. The distribution of spring rainfall is slightly different from the
   distribution of annual rainfall.


                                          67
   Table 2.2: Average rainfall (mm)

                                                                                         Total in
Month 1        2     3       4       5       6        7   8       9    10        11 12
                                                                                          a year
 Avera
                         177,             440, 311, 142,
  ge 23,3 29,1 46,4 75,2      289,2 364,6                37,1 19,2 1.954,9
rainfall                  0                7    0    1
   (Source: meteorological station of Bai Chay - Quang Ninh)

   Number of rainy days and rainfall intensity:
   Table 2.3: Average number of rainy days

                                                                                         Total in
   Month       1    2    3       4       5       6    7   8   9       10    11    12      a year

  Number
  of rainy 6 9 12 10 11 14 16 17 14 8                      5                       5      127
    days
   (Source: meteorological station of Bai Chay - Quang Ninh)

   Rainfall is more or less a day due to rain, but mainly due to rainfall
   intensity. If the distribution of rainy days in the grant, the popular day
   rainfall in winter is 0.1 to 5.0 mm, the summer is 0.1 to 25.0 mm, the
   transition is from 0.1 to 10.0 mm.

   In a year with heavy rains from 7-15 days. The highest rainfall with
   50mm and larger focus in the summer, mainly in July and August.
   Largest number of rainy days (on 100mm/ngay) there is no place more
   than six days.

   The average rainfall for the rainy days of a year ranged from 14-20mm,
   16-25mm of the summer, winter 4-8mm.

   Variation in the rain:
   Rainfall in the summer from May to October accounts for 86% of annual
   rainfall.

   On summer, always on the monthly rainfall of 100mm. Some years in
   October it still has several hundred millimeters of rainfall. Winter on the
   other hand, monthly rainfall and are always less than 50-100mm.

   If you think that the rainy season from the month of rainfall exceeding
   100 mm, the rainy season starts in Quang Ninh in May to October, while
   the dry season from November to April next year.



                                                 68
    c. Radiation mode.
    Hours of sunshine per year was observed in Ha Long City is 1543.8
    hours. Average hours of sunshine in the months shown in the following
    table:

    Table 2.4: Average number of sunny hours in the month

                                                                                   Whol
Month    1     2      3      4     5      6        7    8      9     10    11   12  e
                                                                                   year
                                                                                     1543,
hours 55,7 73,8 50,4 85,8 148,6 199,2 81,9 184,8 172,2170,6 158,6 162,2
                                                                                       8
    (Source: meteorological station of Bai Chay - Quang Ninh)
    Total average annual temperature of about 120 Kcal/cm2.

    d. Humidity.
    The annual average humidity of about 82%, the highest 88-month%, the
    month with minimum 73%. Low relative humidity measured in Hon Gai
    is 19%. Relative humidity often reaches the lowest value in the
    monsoon season in early and late winter, in these months that have
    30% of days with low humidity <50%. Average monthly humidity as the
    following table:

     Table 2.5: The monthly average humidity in 2009 in the project area

                                                                                   Whol
Month    1     2      3      4     5      6        7    8      9     10    11   12 e
                                                                                   year
Humid
        84 87 86 88 84 83 87                     87 83 73                  78   75    83
ity (%)
     (Source: meteorological station of Bai Chay - Quang Ninh)

    e. Wind regime.
    Wind regime in the following areas:
    - Winter from October to March, in April of next year mainly
    influenced by the Northeast monsoon, each month from 3-4 times, 5-7
    days per batch.

    - Summer from October 5-9 Southeast wind mainly
    Average of wind speed is 3 to 3.4 m / s
    Average wind speed of the months and whole year as the following
    table:
    Table 2.6: Wind speed in months of year



                                              69
                                                                                Whol
Month   1     2      3     4     5      6        7   8     9    10    11     12 e
                                                                                year
Speed
       2,9 2,6 2,1 2,4 3,1 3,4 3,0 3,4 3,5 3,3                        3,1   3,0      3,0
(m/s)
    (Source: meteorological station of Bai Chay - Quang Ninh)

    Maximum wind speeds (storms) Hon Gai station measured 45 m / s
    (16/08/1963) in the northeast monsoon is also possible winds, wind
    speeds can reach 15-20 m / s.

    The monsoon in November and December dropping rain but rarely
    causes in February and March often resulted when prolonged rain for
    weeks. Monsoon at other times like in April and October may cause
    showers or similar.

    f. Hurricanes and tropical depressions.
    Months may have many landfall Quang Ninh are in July and August,
    earlier than other areas in the north. But the storms which have
    indirectly affect to Quang Ninh are larger proportion than the number of
    direct hurricane. On average, each year two to three hurricanes affected.

    Due to the impact of the storms, the weather changed completely. Main
    products of the storm is heavy rain, high winds. Landfall in Quang Ninh
    are mostly small and medium-sized storm. When storms, in many parts
    there is a wind speeds above 20 m / s. But the storms that have wind
    speeds above 40 m / s also are not uncommon. Maximum wind speed
    caused by storms in Quang Ninh equally other areas. That is, we can
    see the effect of the islands for the reduction in hurricane wind speed is
    negligible.

    The storms landed directly in Quang Ninh often for great rain. At least
    there are some where the rainfall above 100mm. There the storm to
    100-200mm of rain in some areas up to 500mm.

    Among the storms that have indirectly affect, most of them sweep the
    northern coast and the previous No 4 area. Landfall in Guangdong
    (China) often causes moderate or little influence on Quang Ninh.

    Storm causes heavy rains in Quang Ninh, so the total rainfall caused by
    storms in the total rainfall is quite large. So, in the years of small storms,
    total rainfall is aslo small.

    g. Northeast monsoon.
    As one of the important factors governing the weather Quang Ninh. On
    average, each year in Quang Ninh there is about 20-25 northeast

                                            70
monsoon season wind. In winter, the monthly average of nearly three
tranches. In some years per month is 4-5 times, in contrast, in some
years it has only per one month 1-2 times.

In Quang Ninh, when monsoon winds moving north or northeast.
Maximum wind speed usually on 15m / s. On the sea there is the largest
wind speed 10-15 m / s. On land wind speed is smaller.

 Northeast monsoon usually occurs in November, December and
January. In February and March, the regular monsoon causes dropping
rain, when sometimes the rains lasting several weeks. Most of the
monsoon season often causes a sudden temperature drop in 24 hours,
the temperature difference before and after the monsoon is usually 4-
5oC, sometimes up to 10oC.

2.1.2. Mine geological features.
2.1.2.1. Stratigraphy.
Strata containing the coal of the mine belongs to the Upper Triassic -
Grade Nori-RETI - Hon Gai (T3n-rhg2), stratigraphic thickness of about
500700m (average 540m) lithological composition mainly layers of the
hotel, sand, powder, less than the conglomerate and the clay layer. The
rock layer has thickness change in a narrow range.

Sparing strata of Hon Gai has 14 main coal seams: V14B, V14 (10),
V13 (9), V11 (8), V10 (7) V9 (6), V8 (5), V7 (4 ), V6 (3), V5 (2), V4 (1),
V3 (1A), V2 (B), V1 (1C). The names of the seams outside are common
names, the names in parentheses is former names. The seams V14B,
V8 (5), V5 (2), V4 (1), V3 (1A), V2 (B), V1 (1C) has maintained low
levels, should not be included in local stocks substances. The seam 14
(10) is now open-cast mining, The seams 13 (9) and V11 (8) will be
open-cast mining in the west to the level -135. The seams 10 (7) V9 (6),
V7 (4), V6 (3), and the rest of the V11 (8) is the main coal seams to
mobilize the mining project.

2.1.2.2. Tectonics.
The mine area distributes within a synclinal asymmetry, fractured
Mongplane divided into two wings: the west wing raised and steeper,
comfortable and the east wing is limited by faulting upon Ha Tu.

a.Fracture.
+ Fault upon F.L (L-L): plug North 250  550 600. The amplitude of
the wings by moving the sliding surface from 400 700m. The damage
zone F.L is determined the southern boundary of the mine.

+ Fault upon F.M (F.M-M) plug sliding surface North 350  100650.



                                   71
Distance moved by the sliding surface of the wings from 34100m. The
seams 9 and 7 were separated F.M in the southwest.

+ Ha Tu upon fracture: sliding surface slope angle plug from the
Northeast with 450600. The wide damage zone amplitude of
movement of the wings between 600  700 m , Ha Tu fault upon the
northeast boundary of the mining industrial area.

+ Fault upon MongPlane: is located in the center, with the Northwest,
destroying Southeast, Northeast plug slip surface, angle changes from
450600, amplitude shift unspecified 3540m. Structurally, the reservoir
fracture MongPlane divided into two blocks of the Northeast and
Southwest. In addition to the main fault in mine also exist a number of
small faults, which do not move large magnitude.

b. Fold.
+ Anticline 158
The anticline 158 is an asymmetric anticline with the North – South,
axis sink in the south, developing to the East with the slope angle
70ø75ø. The West wing changes from 30ø40ø,. The East Wing
changes from 20ø30ø, with smaller slope to the South.The anticline
158 locates on the boundary of the mine Ha Lam and Nui Beo.

+ Synclinal Nui Beo
Distributed in eastern anticline 158, the vertical dimension of about
1.52.0km. Horizontally from 0.51.0km. Relative fold symmetry, the
slope is relatively comfortable two wings, an average of 20ø 25ø. The
axis developes in the direction North - South is crucial.

2.1.2.3. Composition characteristics of coal seams.
The coal seams in underground mines boundaries Nui Beo is composed
of the following characteristics:
- Seam 13: below the Seam 14, the West Wing has been exploited by
underground mining methods to level -75. The average thickness of the
Seam 13 is 3.31 m. The average slope angle reservoir 25ø. The seam
has 0-8 clamps with the average thickness of 0.71 m.

 - Seam 11: evenly distributed throughout the mine. Eastern V11 was
exploited to -75 by the method of underground mining. The West is
planned to open-cast mining at -135 from line IV to line VIII. The seam
11 is type seam with thickness medium to thick. The seam thickness
averaging 0.64-14.74m, the average 3.90 m. The seam slope angle
changes from 5ø55ø, average 20ø. The seam has 08 rocks clamps.
Thickness of 1.68 m. The average rock grip



                                   72
- Seam 10: Locates below the seam 11. Seam thickness changes from
0.08ø 15.73 m, averaging 4.7 m. The seam slope angle changes
varies from 5ø55ø, average 25ø.The seam has from 06 clamps,
average 2 clamps. The average thickness of clamp is 0.4 m.

- Seam 9: Located below the seam 10 mainly distributed in south and
southwest of the mine, only a small portion of the distribution in the
northern mines. Maintain reservoir discontinuities, there are many
windows without coal, the seam thickness varies from 0.7512.98 m,
averaging about 3.47 m, slope angle of the seam varies 8ø65ø,
average 27ø.The seam has 0 8 clamps, the clamp average thickness
of 1.09 m. The seam is composed of very complex and uncertain about
the thickness and slope angle.

- Seam 7: Located below the seam 9. Distribution of most mines,
relatively stable along the slope and direction. The seam thickness
changes from 0.815.03m,average 6.82m, the slope angle average 28ø.
The seam has 07 clamps, with the average thickness of 0.49 m.

- Seam 6: Located below the seam 7. Distributed mainly from the west
(near Ha Lam Coal Mine) from developing. To the east, the reservoir is
blocked by faulting Ha Tu, south and north reservoir restricted from
online VIA to offline IX, the center of the reservoir is fractured
MongPlane divided into two blocks. Seam thickness changes from 0.8
5.99 m, average 2.12 m, the average seam slope angle 26ø, the
thickness varies from 0.85.99m, average 2.`12m, The average slope
angle 26ø. The sam has 02 clamps,with the average thickness of
0.17m.

2.1.3. Geological characteristics.
2.1.3.1. Characteristics of sedimentary rocks containing coal.
Joining the stratigraphic columns of the mine: conglomerate, t sand,
clay, coal, and coal seams. The rocks are interleaved to form
sedimentary rate is relatively stable and the boundary between the
rhythm of the coal deposits.

+ Small stones: Occupying 19% of the mine stratigraphy, gray white to
gray ash and cement to mount the silicon. Conglomerate, the small
stones is composed of lenticular or thin layer from the average, up the
development of cracks in multiple systems without the rule. Some
mechanical properties, of stones as follows:
-
unconfined compressive strength n: from 148.14 to 3 733kg/cm2,
average 1309.43 kg/cm2



                                   73
Capacity :2.42  5.53 g/cm3, an average of 2.63 g/cm3.
Ratio : 2.53  2.95 g/cm3, 2.66 g/cm3 average.

+ Sand: up 25% in the mine stratigraphy. Distributed relatively evenly
throughout the region, including stone coarse to fine, gray-white to gray
to black. The composition of the particles mainly quartz sand, cement
mount a silica clay. Rock mass structure, distribution and medium to
thick cracks up. Sometimes sandstone cliffs and is based direct
distribution of coal seams, but not continuously. Some mechanical
properties, of stones as follows:

unconfined compressive strength n: from 133 to 3 132/cm2, average
1079.99 kg/cm2
   - Capacity :2.33  3.07 g/cm3, an average of 2.62 g/cm3.
   - Ratio : 2.50  3.10 g/cm3, 2.70 g/cm3 average.

+ Powder: 33% of the mine stratigraphy, ash gray, dark gray.
Distributed throughout the mine, usually near walls or interfere in the
coal seam grip. The level of cracking moderate to strong. Some
mechanical properties, of stones as follows:

unconfined compressive strength n: from 110.84to 1813kg/cm2,
average 595.44 kg/cm2
   - Capacity :2.02  3.25 g/cm3, an average of 2.63 g/cm3.
   - Ratio : 2.25  3.41 g/cm3, 2.72 g/cm3 average.

+ Clay: 9% mine stratigraphy, with dark gray. Often forming cliffs, head
directly or mixed in the coal seam grip. Clay layered thin, friable soft
sometimes. Some mechanical properties, of stones as follows:

- unconfined compressive strength n: from 178 to 880kg/cm2, average
485.35 kg/cm2
   - Capacity :2.52  2.86 g/cm3, an average of 2.64 g/cm3.
   - Ratio : 2.56  3.08 g/cm3, 2.72 g/cm3 average.

+ Lightning dirty coal and dirty coal: a tiny percentage of the
stratigraphy (about 1%), dark gray, thin-layered, soft friable, with water,
being swelling. Create a head fake wall of coal seams.

+ Coal: Making up 12%, is the type of coal and lump coal, black,
metallic, shell fracture.
2.1.3.2. Characteristics of multi-walled, cylindrical coal seams.
Stone-walled, cylindrical coal seams are often the powder layer, clay,
sometimes the sand layer. The rock is unstable, where thick, thin
different, sometimes forming the lens. Especially a small number of


                                    74
stone walls and head directly to the clay layers than thin layers of weak
links, are swelling with water.

   Synthesis mechanical properties of rock-walled, cylindrical coal
   seams see Table 2.7.




Table 2.7: Mechanical properties of stone-walled, cylindrical coal seams




                                         75
                                  Saturated
                unconfined
                                 unconfined                                                Angle of internal
               compressive                      Capacity       Ratio      Cohesive force                       Tencile force
    No                          Compressive                                                    friction
                 strength
                                   stregth
                TN                BH
               n     (KG/cm2)    n   (KG/cm2)                              C(KG/cm2)                            k   (KG/cm2)
   Seam         222-1770          21-1414       2.53-3.18    2.6-3.41        97-475           26.45-37           21-169
removable13    648.95(222)       407.16(21)     2.65(2.53)   2.74(2.6)     208.85(97)       31.72(26.45)        79.08(21)
Seam Head       178-2437          10-1172       2.4-3.11     2.59-3.15       129-543          23.15-36           10-172
   13          753.08(178)       331.31(10)     2.64(2.4)    2.74(2.59)    243.41(129)      31.61(23.15)        86.12(10)
   Seam         171-3255          59-1313       2.35-2.71    2.55-2.95       135-370          26-34.12            43-185
removable 11   775.56(171)       450.78(59)     2.61(2.35)   2.71(2.55)    238.88(135)        30.7(26)          104.19(43)
Seam Head       183-1987           97-650       2.02-2.86    2.56-3.08       64-540           27.3-37.3          38-238
   11          704.83(183)       334.67(97)     2.61(2.02)   2.73(2.56)    251.75(64)        32.32(27.3)        99.17(38)
   Seam          111-1788         49-1428       2.34-2.87    2.56-2.88       39-462            20.3-36           29-199
removable 10    821.6(111)       647.93(49)     2.63(2.34)   2.72(2.56)    227.34(39)        31.38(20.3)        94.17(29)
Seam Head       180-3733          162-1744      2.47-2.78    2.6-2.96        144-605          22.3-35.4           45-217
   10          833.52(180)       617.5(162)     2.61(2.47)   2.71(2.6)     294.71(144)       31.51(22.3)        102.93(45)
   Seam         111-3132                        2.61-2.68    2.69-2.85      130-274            27.2-35              68-70
removable 9    1051.5(111)                      2.65(2.61)   2.74(2.69)     202(130)          31.1(27.2)            69(68)
Seam Head       155-1047                        2.46-2.65    2.56-2.74       130-355           29-35.5              53-147
    9          643.08(155)                      2.6(2.46)    2.69(2.56)    243.75(130)        31.58(29)             83(53)
  Seam           123-2080         393-2781      2.51-5.53    2.56-2.86       113-552         2.72-33.45          1.22-500
removable7     1000.94(123)     1098.11(393)    2.72(2.51)   2.72(2.56)    343.58(113)       29.18(2.72)       148.09(1.22)
Seam Head       252-2950          368-1105      2.5-2.77     2.5-2.86        170-650        21.05-34.48           50-177
    7          950.93(252)       709.5(368)     2.63(2.5)    2.72(2.5)     303.33(170)      30.89(21.05)        102.56(50)




                                                       76
2.1.3.3. Characteristics of gas.
Through integrated natural gas research at Nui Beo region it showed
the presence of gas in the level, the reservoir and surrounding rocks.
Concentration of gases in the region mainly as follows:

Table 2.8: Content of the main gas

                                                                       High natural
                        The value of the gas content%
  Value                                                                gas cm3/gkc
             CO      O2      N2      CO2     H2     CH4    H2+CH4 CO2       H2+CH4
Smallest     0,08   0,00    8,27     0,30   0,00    0,00     0,02    0,00     0,00
Largest     13,72 12,54 98,17 47,94 54,34 82,86             88,18    4,50     8,19

Average      3,88   1,94    58,73    9,44   7,86   21,97    29,42    0,42     1,21

Due to geological structure of the mining area of Nui Beo coal is
complicated, so the geological factors greatly influence the distribution
of the tropical atmosphere.

However, the distribution and concentration of gas in the study area
there are rules as follows:

+ More deeply into the surface topography, the burning gas content
increasing, separate the CO2 increase to depth of about 100m and then
reduced.

+ Along the anticlinal axes and reverse faulting of burning gas
concentration levels than synclinal axis and fracture upon.
+ In the northern mine coal seams there is a greater density than in the
south, so the content of the combustion gases is also higher.

+ As the depth increased levels of combustion air to the seams 10, 7
and then tends to decrease.
+ The underlying coal seam gas reservoirs often have high levels of H2
+ CH4 and larger seams located above the CO2 they can reverse the
trend.

Based on the findings of gas fields in previous reports it shows that:
- Forecast of surface topography to the level -150 with the level One in
methane. But also noteworthy of the accumulation of local place it
reaches Level Two.
- From the level -150 and down it has level II in methane.
- The surface zone of methane production from-150m or less.


                                     77
Table 2.9: Synthesis and high gas concentrations
             Number   concentrations of gases    Concentrations of
               of
   High
             happe-
                               (%)             natural gases (cm3/gkc)
  levels      ned       CO2         H2 + CH4      CO2        H2 + CH4
               cases
                       0,94-22,79    1,14-47,33       0,0-0,75      0,0-0,66
  LV/ -50       10
                           6,54         19,95            0,2           0,45
                       1,24-32,01    19,98-53,2       0,0-0,66      0,02-0,98
 -50/-100       10
                          12,36         28,21           0,26           0,37
                       0,03-24,73     8,09-47,5       0,0-0,98      0,03-2,13
 -100/-150      5
                          12,23         28,75           0,49            1,0
                       0,49-25,15     3,6-88,18      0,01-1,07      0,1-5,34
 -150/-300      22
                          10,23         44,61           0,46           2,11
                       0,99-15,26    41,39-77,26      0,0-0,54      0,95-5,64
 -300/bottom    10
                           4,09         56,78           0,16           2,62
  Whole                0,03-32,01    1,14-88,18       0,0-1,07       0,0-5,64
                57
  mine                     7,22         37,49           0,32           1,47

2.1.4. Hydro-geological characteristics.

2.1.4.1. Characteristics of surface water.
Includes water, water in the opencast mining pits.
- Mineral water: In the mining ground field, the main stream Ha Tu
acrossing mining areas and the system streams branch watershed. Ha
Tu stream starts from parting of anticline 158, and the stream running
through the mining areas have length 2 km, downstream flows from
west to east, with the stream bottom width of 79 m. According to
observation results it shows that the flow of the stream Ha Tu is Qmin =
3.64 (l / s), Qmax = 280.5 (l / s).
- Water in the opencast mining pits including mining seam 14 of East
wing and mining seams 11 (8), V13 (9) of West Wing is expanding and
will be ended in 2015. These are the pits which have the big capacity of
water storage, particularly in rainy season. Surface water is contained
in the pits has had close ties with the groundwater system and affected
the system to exploit the lower ovens, if not properly treated.

2.1.4.2. Characteristics of groundwater.
Includes 02 major aquifers:
- Quaternary water aquifer (Q): This aquifer is widely distributed
throughout the mine. This aquifer is capable of storing and circulating
the water very well.
- Level of water in the sediment containing coal (T3n – r hg2): This is
the main aquifer. The hydraulic system of the aquifer with Quaternary
aquifer is very close. Rain water seeps down and quaternary layers
give this story. Water in this layer has pH from 6.8  7.0 under the


                                    78
 neutral, the small mineralized from 0.249  0.042 g / l. Sodium
 bicarbonate water type - potassium or sodium bicarbonate - calcium,
 potassium corrosion weak ability to not corrode. Aquifer thickness from
 540 m to 700 m.

 2.1.5. Status of natural environmental components.
 2.1.5.1. The state of the environment air, noise and microclimate
 conditions.
 In order to draw up a report on environmental impact assessment for
 investment projects on construction of mining Nui Beo coal mine,
 reporting team conducted monitoring and assessing the current state of
 environmental quality in the implementation of the project area and
 surrounding areas. The sampling of water, air, land shown on the map
 AEI - NB - 02.

 Table 2.10 and 2.11a, 2.11b describe the location of sampling and the
 analysis of air quality, noise and microclimate conditions in the project
 area. Time measuring, sampling and environmental parameters of air in
 the days of 20 ÷ 22 August 2009 and 24 ÷ 26 February 2010.

 Table 2.10: Location of monitoring air quality, noise and
 microclimate conditions

                        coordinates
No    Notation                                          Location
                       X            Y
                                             North     industrial    surface
1     NB-KK1       19.158,69 410.776,06
                                             expected
                                             South     industrial    surface
2     NB-KK2       18.878,12 410.829,95
                                             expected
                                             West     industrial     surface
3     NB-KK3       19.007,37 410.619,20
                                             expected
                                             East     industrial     surface
4     NB-KK4       19.022,21 410.986,33
                                             expected
                                             Coal       conveyor       from
                                             industrial surface to coal
5     NB-KK5       19.106,17 411.071,18
                                             sorting     plant    Ha    Lam
                                             expected (point 1)
                                             Coal       conveyor       from
                                             industrial surface to coal
6     NB-KK6       19.177,49 411.638,65
                                             sorting     plant    Ha    Lam
                                             expected (point 2)
                                        Coal      conveyor    from
7     NB-KK7       21.052,83 410.286,68 industrial surface to coal
                                        sorting    plant  Ha  Lam

                                    79
                                      expected (point 3)
                                    Coal      conveyor    from
8    NB-KK8    22.489,43 410.457,91 industrial surface to coal
                                    sorting    plant   Ha Lam
                                    expected (point 4)
                                    Coal      conveyor    from
9    NB-KK9    22.816,96 408.426,98 industrial surface to coal
                                    sorting    plant   Ha Lam
                                    expected (point 5)
                                    Coal       conveyor      from
10   NB-KK10   21.632,10 410.686,65 industrial surface to thermal
                                    power station QN expected
                                    (point 1)
                                    Coal       conveyor      from
11   NB-KK11   21.951,19 410.473,97 industrial surface to thermal
                                    power station QN expected
                                    (point 2)
                                      Coal       conveyor       from
12   NB-KK12   23.272,10 410.649,04   industrial surface to thermal
                                      power station QN expected
                                      (point 3)
13   NB-KK13   20.186,94 410.558,37   proposed disposal area
                                      tailings Road transport is
14   NB-KK14   19.921,10 410.398,94
                                      expected (point 1)
                                      tailings    Road      transport
15   NB-KK15   19.484,11 410.448,99
                                      expected (point 2)
                                      Present      tailings     Road
16   NB-KK16   19.418,26 410.757,76
                                      transport
17   NB-KK17   19.091,41 409.277,66   Mining area of the seam 14
18   NB-KK18   19.072,61 411.708,62   surrounding residential area
19   NB-KK19   19.439,28 411.080,33   waste storage in theseam 14
                                      waste     storage      in   the
20   NB-KK20   20.291,51 408.251,26   Northeast

                                      waste storage in the North
21   NB-KK21   21.135,20 409.781,49




                             80
 Table 2.11a: The results of air environmental monitoring project area of the mining area of Nui Beo Coal Mine on 20  22 August 2009
                         Tempe             Wind                                Vibra-
                                   Humid            Wind Pressure Noise                  Dust       SO2       NO2       CO       CO2
    Sign samples         rature            speed                                tion
                            0      ity (%)       direction (mmHg) (dB)              2   (mg/m3) (mg/m3) (mg/m3) (mg/m3) (mg/m3)
                           ( C)            (m/s)                               (m/s )
      NB – KK1              30        68    2,0       N      753,7      70      0,01      0,32     0,071     0,062      3,47    315,52
      NB – KK2              29        70    1,9     Đ-N      754,1      64      0,01      0,27     0,066     0,058      3,19    298,41
      NB – KK3              31        66    2,0       -      754,3      75      0,02      0,39     0,082     0,071      3,68    321,63
      NB – KK4              30        69    1,2       N      753,5      68      0,01      0,31     0,071     0,061      3,38    311,28
      NB – KK5              29        71    1,8     Đ-N      755,0      72      0,02      0,35     0,074     0,068      3,54    318,45
      NB – KK6              29        70    2,0       -      755,6      65      0,01      0,28     0,068     0,061      3,06    300,67
      NB – KK7              31        67    1,7       -      756,1      62      0,01      0,23     0,055     0,049      2,42    284,58
      NB – KK8              30        69    0,9       N      754,2      74      0,02      0,36     0,076     0,070      3,71    332,94
      NB – KK9              31        66    2,0       -      754,8      77      0,02      0,38     0,081     0,077      3,85    341,12
      NB – KK10             31        66    1,8       -      753,9      69      0,01      0,29     0,068     0,057      3,36    296,75
      NB – KK11             33        63    1,5     Đ-N      758,4      72      0,02      0,32     0,070     0,065      3,51    319,22
      NB – KK12             33        62    0,7       -      761,5      82      0,02      0,36     0,075     0,071      3,77    338,31
      NB – KK13             33        62    0,9       -      754,7      68      0,01      0,34     0,074     0,063      3,57    319,55
      NB - KK14             33        62    0,7     Đ-N      754,4      71      0,02      0,71     0,114     0,091      4,06    335,34
      NB - KK15             32        64    1,4       -      754,9      65      0,01      0,23     0,058     0,047      2,79    285,29
      NB - KK16             32        65    1,9       N      755,3      61      0,01      0,37     0,081     0,070      3,72    328,54
      NB – KK17             33        62    0,6       -      757,1      73      0,01      0,33     0,073     0,062      3,60    322,87
      NB – KK18             32        63    1,0     Đ-N      756,3     68,4     0,03      0,48     0,084     0,071      3,52    330,34
      NB – KK19             33        62    0,8       -      756,8     90,6     0,03      1,32     0,138     0,097      4,18    362,08
      NB – KK20             31        68    1,7      ĐN      755,2      67      0,01      0,23     0,057     0,048      2,73    276,48
      NB – KK21             31        66    1,2      ĐN      754,8      59      0,01      0,25     0,061     0,050      2,86    280,62
  TCVSL 3733-2002           32      75-85    <2       -         -       85                 2         5         5         20
QCVN 05:2009/BTNMT (Tb1h)                                                               0,3      0,35       0,2        30
TCVN 5949-1998 (6h-18h)                                               75
TCVN 6962-2001 (6h -18h)                                                     0,055




                                                                 81
 Table 2.11b: The results of air environmental monitoring project area of the mining area of Nui Beo Coal Mine on 2426 February 2010
                          Temper               Wind                                  Vibra-
                                      Humidi            Wind Pressure Noise                     Dust       SO2       NO2       CO         CO2
     Sign samples          ature              speed                                   tion
                                      ty (%)          direction (mmHg) (dB)                   (mg/m3) (mg/m3) (mg/m3) (mg/m3)           (mg/m3)
                            (0C)               (m/s)                                 (m/s2)
      NB – KK1               18         79      1,5     Đ–B        752,9      62      0,01       0,30     0,067     0,058     2,85      281,47
      NB – KK2               18         79      0,7     Đ–B        754,5      70      0,01       0,29     0,069     0,055     2,77      278,65
      NB – KK3               19         77      1,7     Đ–B        753,8      69      0,01       0,35     0,076     0,064     3,12      293,08
      NB – KK4               19         77      0,5     Đ–B        754,0      74      0,02       0,37     0,083     0,072     3,29      318,44
      NB – KK5               19         77      1,3     Đ–B        756,2      61      0,01       0,25     0,058     0,050     2,46      272,91
      NB – KK6               18         79      1,9     Đ–B        756,0      66      0,01       0,30     0,067     0,056     2,59      289,65
      NB – KK7               19         78      0,6     Đ–B        757,3      71      0,02       0,19     0,049     0,038     2,18      265,42
      NB – KK8               19         78      2,0     Đ–B        755,0      68      0,01       0,34     0,072     0,065     2,96      291,94
      NB – KK9               20         76      1,1     Đ–B        755,6      75      0,02       0,33     0,071     0,063     2,85      290,67
      NB – KK10              20         76      1,8     Đ–B        758,2      70      0,01       0,36     0,080     0,072     3,31      309,23
      NB – KK11              20         77      0,9     Đ–B        758,7      77      0,02       0,27     0,061     0,054     2,44      267,39
      NB – KK12              20         77      0,3     Đ–B        760,3      63      0,01       0,30     0,066     0,058     2,81      280,17
      NB – KK13              19         78      2,2     Đ–B        755,2      60      0,01       0,26     0,060     0,053     2,39      270,64
      NB - KK14              22         75      1,5     Đ–B        756,7      67      0,01       0,39     0,084     0,077     3,42      321,08
      NB - KK15              22         75      2,0     Đ–B        757,2      73      0,02       0,32     0,069      0,58     2,87      289,55
      NB - KK16              21         75      0,8     Đ–B        756,8      86      0,02       0,45     0,087     0,079     3,48      341,21
      NB – KK17              22         75      1,3     Đ–B        758,5      78      0,02       0,41     0,078     0,068     3,35      327,69
      NB – KK18              22         75      1,6     Đ–B        757,9      62      0,01       0,42     0,086     0,075     3,62      325,61
      NB – KK19              21         76      1,1     Đ–B        754,7      84      0,03       0,84     0,105     0,088     3,86      334,08
      NB – KK20              21         76      0,5     Đ–B        754,3      77      0,02       0,31     0,069     0,057     2,79      282,36
      NB – KK21              22         75      0,9     Đ–B        755,1      58      0,01       0,28     0,065     0,053     2,66      279,75
  TCVSL§ 3733-2002           32       75-85     <2        -          -        85                  2         5         5        20
QCVN 05:2009/BTNMT (Tb1h)                                                                    0,3        0,35       0,2        30
TCVN 5949-1998 (6h-18h)                                                    75
TCVN 6962-2001 (6h -18h)                                                          0,055




                                                                     82
Status microclimate conditions.
Microclimate conditions are characterized by the meteorological factors:
temperature, humidity, wind speed, atmospheric pressure ... The
combined effect of these factors on the body of employees, the ability to
dispersal of pollutants in the atmosphere and is one of the standard
assessment of the optimal production environment.

The location field observation as industrial premises and the transport
routes, observation results shown in Table 2.11a and 2.11: b wave first
observation Nui Beo mine hot, light winds and low humidity; dominant
wind direction is East - South. Session Monday in observation near the
end of the dry season, cool weather, temperature, humidity and wind
speed within the allowable limit for occupational health and safety; wind,
especially the East - North.

Status of air atmosphere.

To assess the status of ambient air boundary of Nui Beo coal mine,
conducted air sampling in each area: Industrial Surface, areas along the
conveyors from the coal yard to the Coal Sorting Plant Ha Lam and go
Quang Ninh thermal power plant, waste dump areas, transportation
routes dumping waste rock and mine nearby residential areas.

The position of industrial premises of Nui Beo coal mine pits are located
south side industrial yard space of Nui Beo on the level +35. On the top
of the underground mining area there is opencast mining area of the
seams 14-CD, 11-CT and 13-CT. In the East and South of the mining
area is intermingled densely populated industrial and transportation.
Thus the current status of air environment in the border region are mine
synthesis, analysis, comparison evaluated Text TCVSLD 3733-2002,
current atmosphere surrounding residential area was evaluated QCVN
05 : 2009/BTNMT, is expressed as follows:

* The area of industrial premises is expected to pitch next layout the
industrial surface +35 of the opening pit: airborne dust concentrations
measured phase I is 0.27 0.39mg/m3, in the phase II is 0.29 0.37
mg/m3, reaching acceptable standards.

* Route coal conveyor from the ground industrial surface to Ha Lam coal
sorting plant, expected:airborne dust concentrations measured phase I
is 0.23 0.38mg/m3, in the phase II is 0.19 0.34 mg/m3, reaching
acceptable standards.

* Route coal conveyor from the ground industrial surface to Quang Ninh
thermal power station, expected: airborne dust concentrations


                                   83
measured phase I is 0.29 0.36mg/m3, in the phase II is 0.27 0.36
mg/m3, reaching acceptable standards.

*Regional landfill: airborne dust concentrations measured phase I is
0.23 1.32mg/m3, in the phase II is 0.260.84mg/m3, reaching
acceptable standards.

The road transportation of waste rock: This route is located in the
mining area,airborne dust concentrations measured phase I is 0.23
0.71mg/m3, in the phase II is 0.32 0.45 mg/m3, reaching acceptable
standards.

* Residential Neighborhood: airborne dust concentrations measured
phase I is 0.48mg/m3, in the phase II is 0.42 mg/m3, exceeding the
1.31.6 times. The cause may be due to combined effects from the
operation of traffic on the route of transportation, railway transportation
of coal and coal seam mining activities of Nui Beo Coal Mine seam 14.

Results of analysis showed that levels of dust in the Nui Beo mine
boundary reach occupational health standards TCVSLD 3733-2000.
Surrounding residential areas adjacent to the industrial areas and roads
should be affected by industrial activities, the concentration of dust in
the air exceeds standards QCCP.

* The toxic gases were measured and analyzed include: SO2, NO2, CO,
CO2. Most are in the position of the gas content lower than the
permitted standard.

Current status of noise and vibration.
Noise pollution, vibration pollution is one of the characteristics of the
mining industry, producers have to use the equipment and engines.
Vibration noise levels depending on the number of active devices and
equipment operation and frequency of these devices. The results of
monitoring noise, vibration table shown in Table 2.11a and 2.11b.

a. Noise
As stipulated by the Ministry of Health: continuous sound level or
equivalent sound level at work no more than 85dB for 8 hours. The
noise in nearby residential areas are evaluated by Vietnam standards
TCVN 5949-1998. Comparing the results of monitoring in the round I on
2024 August 2009 and in the round II on 2426 February 2010 with
standard TCVN 3733-2002 and 5949-1998 shows:

* The area of industrial premises, expected: noise measured in the
round I is 6875dB, in the round II is 6274dB, reaching acceptable
standards.

                                     84
* Route coal conveyor from the ground industrial surface to Ha
Lam coal sorting plant, expected: noise measured in the round I is
6277dB, in the round II is 6175dB, reaching acceptable standards.

* Route coal conveyor from the ground industrial surface to Quang
Ninh thermal power station, expected: noise measured in the round I
is 6982dB, in the round II is 6377dB, reaching acceptable standards.

*Regional landfill: when landfilling, the noise measured is 90.6dB,
over crossing standards about 5.6dB. in the round II is noise measured
5884dB, reaching acceptable standards.

The road transportation of waste rock: The noise measured on this
road when transporting was 86dB, over crossing standards about 1dB,
on the expected road the noise was measured 6071dB, reaching
acceptable standards.

* Residential Neighborhood: noise measured in the round I is 68.4dB,
in the round II is 62dB, reaching acceptable standards.

So where dust emission is also generated noise. The coal underground
mining operations of Nui Beo is the local emissions in the ovens;
activities on the sorting process include coal processing and
transportation of coal and waste rock would be the active emission of
dust and noise, affecting negative to the surrounding environment.

b. Vibration levels
Comparing the results of the vibration in phase 1 on 2325 June 2009
and in phase 2 on 1921 August 2009 at allowed vibration (Vietnam
Standard TCVN 6962-2001) shows:
Vibration at the measurement points from 0.010.03 m/s2, all of these
levels ranged in locations of acceptable standards.

2.1.5.2. The state of the water environment.
Above the underground mines is the Nui Beo open-cast at the seams
14 - West Wing, the reservoir 11 - West Wing and the seams 13 - West
Wing to the -135. So in the Nui Beo coal mine boundaries exist
belowing water: surface water, groundwater, drinking water and waste
water from opencast mining.

Location of environmental monitoring of the project area are presented
in Table 12.2 (see the map AEI-NB-02). Time measuring, sampling
parameters on water environment in the day and 20 ÷ 22/08/2009 and
24÷ 26/02/2010.


                                  85
 Table 2.12. Coordinates placement of environmental monitoring project area

No    Notation                 Observation                       X            Y
I     Surface water
1     NB-NM1       Springs Lộ Phong                         19.948,12 412.279,64
                   Springs Hà Tu in front of the
2     NB-NM2                                                18.949,61 411.307,69
                   expected sewer
                   Springs Hà Tu behind of
3     NB-NM3                                                18.937,23 411.566,27
                   expected sewer
4     NB-NM4        Khe Cá lake                             18.510,19 414.104,47
II    Wastewater
1      NB-NT1      Wastewater of the seam 11                20.433,64 408.684,21
2      NB-NT2      Wastewater of the seam 14                19.090,42 409.352,03
3      NB-NT3      Wastewater of East-North                 18.643,95 410.015,29
4      NB-NT4      Wastewater of the center storage 18.472,46 410.619,99
5      NB-NT5      Wastewater in front of dam               20.159,91 411.250,17
6      NB-NT6      Wastewater from exploiting area          18.881,81 410.660,14
III   Underground water
                   Hà Phong well water (near the
1     NB-NN1                                                19.086,33 410.945,65
                   expected industrial area)
2     NB-NN2       Well water of the seam 11                18.784,83 410.559,46
IV    Living water
                   Living water of the planned
1     NB-NSH1                                               19.136,33 410.698,74
                   industrial area
                   Living water for the exploiting
2     NB-NSH2                                               18.841,42 410.715,66
                   area
                   Living water for the compan ’s
3     NB-NSH3                                               18.640,85 406.431,79
                   offices

 a.Status of surface water.
 Surface water in the mine was analyzed represented includes: stream
 Lo Phong, Ha Tu stream and lake Khe Ca, in which the stream Ha Tu is
 receiving Nui Beo mine waste water. The streams and lakes used for
 flowing purpose, so that quality of surface water is assessed according
 to Vietnam regulation QCVN 08: 2008/BTNMT type B2. Comparing the
 results of monitoring water samples in round 1 on 2022 August 2009



                                         86
and round 2 on 2426 February 2010 (Tables 2.13a and 2.13b) with
QCVN 08: 2008/BTNMT type B2 shows:

- pH: The surface water in the region has pH = 5.576.52, reached
Vietnamese standards.
- Specific indicators of organic pollution in water such as:
+ Concentration of BOD: in KheCa lake and streams Ha Tu is
9.523.0mg/l, reaching Vietnamese standards. Lo Phong Stream has
BOD 35.568mg / l, exceeding the Vietnamese standards 1.422.72
times.
+ Concentration of COD: in KheCa lake and streams Ha Tu is
15.2736.8mg/l, reaching Vietnamese standards. Lo Phong Stream
has COD 59.62115.73mg/l, exceeding the Vietnamese standards
1.22.31 times.
- Total suspended solids (TSS) measured in water from 42175mg/l,
LoPhong Springs has TSS from 110125mg / l, exceeding the
Vietnamese standards 1.11.25 times.
- Metal Target: concentrations of heavy metals such as As, Pb, Cd,
Hg have met acceptable standards. Iron in the high streams from
2.984.21 mg / l, exceeding the Vietnamese standards 1.492.11 times.
content (Fe) in the KheCa lake was measured from 0.871.02mg/l,
reaching the Vietnamese standards.

The analysis of other indicators such as DO, NH4 +, NO3-, grease,
coliform ... meet allowed standards.

- The general conclusion:
From the survey analysis, to assess the status of surface water
environmental quality project area, some conclusions are given as
follows:
+ Lo Phong Water streams affected by sewage from the residential
areas around wastewater and storm water runoff from the mining field of
Ha Tu Coal Mine. Results of the analysis show that it has been
contaminated by suspended solids, organic matter and metals
(concentration of TSS, BOD, COD, Fe excess Vietnamese standards).

+Ha Tu mineral water affected by waste water of the surrounding
residential areas and sewage, stormwater runoff from small-Nui Beo
coal mine field. However, the analysis showed that only contaminated
by metals (Fe content exceeds Vietnamese standards). The cause may
be due to organic matter content has been diluted by the mine waste
water.

+ KheCa Lake is not affected by mining activities, so it should meet
water quality standards for surface water.


                                   87
    Table 2.13a: Environmental monitoring results of surface area of
    the mining projects of Nui Beo Coal Mine on 20  22 August 2009

                                                            Vietnamese
                                                            standards0
No        Target        NB - NM1 NB - NM2 NB - NM3 NB - NM4    8 (B2)
                                                            2008/BTNM
                                                                  T
1            pH           6,52     6,18     5,64     6,47      5,5÷9
       Conductivity
2                         0,231    0,262     0,377     0,146       -
         (mS/cm)
 3    Hardness (mg/l)     160       170       210        130       -
 4     Alkali (mg/l)       29        22        16        31
 5      TSS (mg/l)        125        58        97        42      100
 6     BOD5 (mg/l)        68,0      13,5      21,0       9,5      25
 7      COD (mg/l)      115,42     20,47     33,64     15,27      50
 8       DO (mg/l)        5,21      5,18      4,86      4,93      ≥2
 9     Clorua (mg/l)     28,15     18,25     20,76     41,24       -
10      NO3- (mg/l)       0,48      0,64      0,71      0,56      15
11     SO42- (mg/l)      202,1      95,2     101,2      37,5       -
12       Fe (mg/l)         4,0      3,58      4,21      1,02       2
13       Mn (mg/l)        2,57      0,92      1,87      0,58       -
14        Al (mg/l)      0,004     0,003     0,005     0,002       -
15       Cu (mg/l)      0,0041    0,0032    0,0044     0,0026      1
16       Zn (mg/l)      0,0097    0,0088    0,0110     0,0041      2
17       As (mg/l)      0,00118   0,00105   0,00136   0,00083    0,1
18       Pb (mg/l)      0,00204   0,00193   0,00225   0,00121    0,05
19       Cd (mg/l)      0,0029    0,0026    0,0034     0,0013    0,01
20       Hg (mg/l)      0,00012   0,00010   0,00013   0,00007   0,002
21      Cr6+ (mg/l)     0,0027     0,0021   0,0034     0,0012    0,05
          Coliform
22                        5100     4800      5500      4200     10.000
       MPN/100ml
      Oil and grease
23                        0,06     0,05      0,08      0,03      0,3
           (mg/l)




                                    88
    Table 2.13a: Environmental monitoring results of surface area of
    the mining projects of Nui Beo Coal Mine on 24  26 February 2010

                                                           Vietnamese
                                                            standards
No         Target       NB - NM1 NB - NM2 NB - NM3 NB - NM4 08 (B2)
                                                           2008/BTNM
                                                                T
1            pH           6,46     6,21     5,57     6,52     5,5÷9
       Conductivity
2                         0,168      0,247     0,381      0,134          -
         (mS/cm)
 3    Hardness (mg/l)      120       145         190        150          -
 4     Alkali (mg/l)       24,6       23         14,5      33,8
 5      TSS (mg/l)         110        60         108        47         100
 6     BOD5 (mg/l)         35,5      14,7        23,0      11,5         25
 7      COD (mg/l)        59,62     23,52        36,8     18,41         50
 8       DO (mg/l)         5,13      4,88        5,02      4,73         ≥2
 9     Clorua (mg/l)      30,27     22,41       31,76     35,21          -
10      NO3- (mg/l)        0,41      0,57        0,61      0,38         15
11     SO42- (mg/l)      235,26    121,40       98,24     71,02          -
12       Fe (mg/l)         3,20      2,98        3,65      0,87          2
13       Mn (mg/l)         2,14      0,72        1,47      0,42          -
14        Al (mg/l)       0,003     0,002       0,004     0,001          -
15       Cu (mg/l)       0,0037    0,0029      0,0040     0,0022         1
16       Zn (mg/l)       0,0082    0,0075      0,0098     0,0038         2
17       As (mg/l)       0,00102   0,00094    0,00127    0,00079       0,1
18       Pb (mg/l)       0,00188   0,00171    0,00213    0,00115       0,05
19       Cd (mg/l)       0,0023    0,0019      0,0029     0,0011       0,01
20       Hg (mg/l)       0,00009   0,00008    0,00011    0,00006      0,002
21      Cr6+ (mg/l)      0,0020     0,0017     0,0028     0,0009       0,05
          Coliform
22                        4900       4100       5300       3900       10.000
       MPN/100ml
      Oil end grease
23                         0,04      0,03       0,06       0,02         0,3
           (mg/l)

    b. The status of wastewater.

     Industrial waste water:
    Environmental quality of industrial wastewater was evaluated by
    Vietnam standards QCVN 24:2009 / BTNMT type B. Comparing the
    results of monitoring water samples of the reservoir 11, reservoir 14,
    water in the Northeast, water in central storage on phase 1 on 24 22


                                       89
August 2009 and on phase 2 on 24 26 February 2010 (Table 2.14a,
2.14b) with the Vietnamese standards (B) 24:2009 / BTNMT shows:

- PH: The analysis showed that the water of the reservoir 11 and
reservoir 14 is acidic, pH=5.025.17 – not reaching the Vietnamese
standards (QCCP: 5.5 9), The remaining samples had a pH =
5.876.32, reaching the Vietnamese standards.
- Specific indicators of organic pollution in water such as:
+ BOD measured in the reservoir 11, reservoir 14 and Northeast seam
52.563.0mg/l – over crossing the Vietnamese standards 1.051.26
times, The remaining samples had a BOD = 26.3844.0mg/l, reaching
the Vietnamese standards.

+ Concentration COD: in water is 42.5116.28 mg/l. The water in
reservoir 11 has COD concentrations measured during the days 20
22/08/2009 116.28 mg/l, exceeding the Vietnamese standards 1.17
times.

Total suspended solids (TSS): The 11 seam water and the Northeast
water has 112121mg/l, exceeding the Vietnamese standards
1.121.21 times. The 14 seam water measured during the day
2022/08/2009 has TSS=106mg/l, exceeding the Vietnamese standards
1.06 times. The remaining samples have measurable levels of TSS
6387mg/l, reaching the Vietnamese standards.

- The metals Al, As, Pb, Cd, Hg, Cr3 +, Cr6 +, Cu, Ni, Zn in water have
low content.

+ Concentration of iron (Fe) measured in water in the reservoir 11,
reservoir 14 and the Northeast area is 6.029.42mg/l, exceeding the
Vietnamese standards from 3.014.71 times. The remaining samples
have Fe=0.164.56mg/l, reaching the Vietnamese standards.

+ Concentrations of manganese (Mn) in water was measured
0.291.24mg/l. The water in the reservoir 11 has Mn=1.11.24 times,
exceeding acceptable standards 1.11.24 times.

- Coliform in the water of the reservoir 11 was measured 55009700
MPN/100ml , exceeding standards 1.11.94 times. The other coliform
samples reached acceptable standards.

- The tools for analysis such as NH4 +, NO2-, N total, P total, oil ...
reached allowed standards.



                                     90
     Table 2.14a: Environmental monitoring results of industrial wastewater
     of the mining projects of Nui Beo Coal Mine on 20  22 August 2009
                            NB –     NB –                                  Vietnamese
                            NT1      NT2     NB -    NB -    NB -         standards24
No           Target                                                  Cmax      (B)
                                             NT3     NT4     NT5
                                                                          2009/BTNMT
      Temperature
1                           22,5      23     23,5     22      23      40       40
      (0C)
2     pH                    5,02      5,17   5,87    6,20    6,14    5,59   5,59
3     Smell                 KKC      KKC     KKC     KKC     KKC       -      KKC
4     Color (TCU)            58       48      52      31      37     69,3     70
5     BOD5 (mg/l)           63,0      54,5   60,7    44,0    26,38   49,5     50
6     COD (mg/l)           116,28 92,63 102,12 62,72         42,5     99      100
7     DO (mg/l)             4,11      4,78   4,37    4,56    4,69      -       -
8     TSS (mg/l)             120      106    115      87      77      99      100
9     TDS(mg/l)              330      291    300     240     352       -       -
10    Nitrogen (mg/l)       1,68      1,22   0,97    0,85    0,91    29,7     30
11    NO3- (mg/l)           0,87      0,67   0,42    0,32    0,37      -       -
12    NH4+ (mg/l)           0,71      0,58   0,51    0,41    0,55     9,9     10
13 P total (mg/l)           0,450    0,511   0,791   0,244   0,417   59,4      6
14 SO42- (mg/l)             150,6    213,2   445,4   82,4    127,3     -       -
15 Chloride (mg/l)          24,48    27,64   31,20   19,10   18,56   594      600
16 Fe (mg/l)                9,42      7,21   6,38    0,16    4,25    4,95      5
17 Mn (mg/l)                1,24      1,18   0,92    0,29    0,78    0,99      1
                                     0,0016         0,0005 0,0013
18 As (mg/l)               0,00247          0,00149                   0,1     0,1
                                        2              2      1
                           0,0081 0,0077 0,0069 0,0007 0,0061
19 Pb (mg/l)                                                          0,5     0,5
                              0      9      2      8      2
20 Cd (mg/l)               0,0067 0,0065 0,0061 0,0023 0,0057        0,01     0,01
                                     0,0004         0,0000 0,0003
21 Hg (mg/l)               0,00052          0,00045                  0,01     0,01
                                        8              8      3
22 Cr3+ (mg/l)              0,055    0,049   0,042   0,011   0,036   0,99      1
        6+
23 Cr        (mg/l)         0,027    0,023   0,021   0,007   0,015    0,1     0,1
24 Cu (mg/l)               0,0098 0,0085 0,0079 0,0022 0,0067        1,98      2
25 Ni (mg/l)               0,0023 0,0018 0,0015 0,0009 0,0013         0,5     0,5
26 Zn (mg/l)               0,0031 0,0027 0,0023 0,0012 0,0019        2,97      3
      Oil &       grease
27                          0,57      0,35   0,30    0,05    0,07    4,95      5
      (mg/l)
      Coliform
28                          9700     4800    4900    3200    4000    5.000   5.000
      (MPN/100ml)


                                             91
     Table 2.14b: Environmental monitoring results of industrial wastewater of
     the mining projects of Nui Beo Coal Mine on 24  26 February 2010

                         NB –    NB –                                   Vietnamese
                         NT1     NT2    NB -    NB -    NB -           standards24
No        Target                                                 Cmax
                                        NT3     NT4     NT5                  (B)
                                                                       2009/BTNMT
1     Temperature C0       19     18,5    19,5    18      19       40        40
2     pH                 5,13     5,11    5,87   6,32     6,0    5,59     5,59
3     Smell              KKC      KKC     KKC    KKC     KKC        -       KKC
4     Color (TCU)          45       41     49     27      38      69,3       70
5     BOD5 (mg/l)        55,6     52,5    62,0   30,5    27,4     49,5       50
6     COD (mg/l)         94,58    89,73 105,47 48,8 43,84          99       100
7     DO (mg/l)          4,24     4,35    4,41   4,29    5,05       -         -
8     TSS (mg/l)          112       97    121     63      80       99       100
9     TDS(mg/l)           297      312    278     195    326        -         -
10    Nitrogen (mg/l)    1,25     1,31    0,74   0,79    0,68     29,7       30
11    NO3- (mg/l)        0,67     0,70    0,51   0,48    0,53       -         -
12    NH4+ (mg/l)        0,63     0,66    0,47   0,45    0,38      9,9       10
13    P tổng (mg/l)      0,308    0,482 0,622 0,263 0,347         59,4        6
14    SO42- (mg/l)       175,5    227,3 401,6 101,2 118,5           -         -
15    Chloride (mg/l)    22,36    29,18 27,24 20,46 19,2          594       600
16    Fe (mg/l)          7,18     6,42    6,02   0,34    4,56     4,95        5
17    Mn (mg/l)           1,1     0,96    0,83   0,31    0,80     0,99        1
                                                0,0006
18 As (mg/l)            0,00232 0,00162 0,00132        0,00127    0,1      0,1
                                                   4
                         0,0074                 0,0009
19 Pb (mg/l)                    0,007240,00687         0,00644    0,5      0,5
                            7                      1
20 Cd (mg/l)             0,0059 0,0052 0,0049 0,0028 0,0042      0,01      0,01
                                                0,0001
21 Hg (mg/l)            0,00046 0,00041 0,00040        0,00035   0,01      0,01
                                                   0
22 Cr3+ (mg/l)            0,047 0,045 0,038 0,013 0,029          0,99       1
23 Cr6+ (mg/l)            0,019 0,017 0,017 0,009 0,016           0,1      0,1
24 Cu (mg/l)             0,0072 0,0069 0,0065 0,0030 0,0058      1,98       2
25 Ni (mg/l)             0,0017 0,0015 0,0014 0,0010 0,0012       0,5      0,5
26 Zn (mg/l)             0,0024 0,0021 0,0020 0,0014 0,0018      2,97       3
   Oil,grease
27                        0,41   0,27    0,35   0,06    0,10     4,95       5
   (mg/l)
   Coliform
28                       5500    4300   4700    3800    4100     5.000    5.000
   (MPN/100ml)




                                         92
 Notes:
 KKC: Abbreviation for "No discomfort".
 Cmax is the maximum concentration (Cmax = C x Kq x Kf).
 C is the value of maximum allowable concentration of pollutants
 specified in the Vietnamese standards QCVN 24: 2009/BTNMT type B.
 Kq is the coefficient of the flow / volume receiving wastewater sources
 (Source receives a small stream Kq = 0.9).
 Kf is the coefficient of waste volume (waste water flow is between 50
  500 m3/24h then Kf=1.1)

 Living wastewater:
 Comparison of analytical results (Table 2.14c) with the Vietnamese
 standards QCVN 14: 2008/BTNMT B shows:
 - Water neutral, pH = 6.66.8, reaching the Vietnamese standards
 - Water contaminated with organic material: the measured
 concentrations of BOD is from 62.72119mg/l, exceeding the
 standards  1.252.38 times.
 - Total suspended solids (TSS) measured in water from 105124mg/l,
 exceeding the standards 1.051.24 times.
 - Total dissolved solids (TDS) in water measured from 210234mg/l,
 reaching the standards.
 - The number of bacteria in the large countries, measured by the
 coliform in water is from 73808120 MPN/100ml, exceeding the
 standards 1.48 1.62 times.
 - Other indicators such as oil, NO3-, NH4 +, phosphorus reach QCCP.
 Table 2.14c: Results of environmental monitoring regional living waste
 water in the project area of underground mining of Nui Beo Coal Mine

                                                           Vietnamese
                                    NB -NT6     NB -NT6 standards14
No        Target          Unit
                                  (2022/8/09)(2426/2/10)     (B):
                                                           2008/BTNMT
 1   pH                                6,6         6,8         59
 2   BOD5                 mg/l       119,0       62,72          50
 3   COD                  mg/l       208,16      78,48           -
 4   TSS                  mg/l         124        105          100
 5   TDS                  mg/l         234        210         1000
 6   NO3-                 mg/l        0,36        0,55          50
 7   NH4+                 mg/l        0,73        0,62          10
 8   Phosforus            mg/l        0,82        1,13           -
 9   SO42-                mg/l         9,4        10,6           -
10   Oil and grease       mg/l        0,42        0,35          20
11   Coliform           MPN/100ml     8120        7380        5.000



                                   93
12       Fe                    mg/l          0,57         0,43         -
13       Mn                    mg/l          0,32         0,28         -
14       As                    mg/l        0,00047      0,00136        -
15       Pb                    mg/l         0,0015       0,0011        -
16       Cd                    mg/l         0,0010       0,0008        -
17       Hg                    mg/l        0,00006      0,00005        -

 c. Undergroundwater quality.
 Comparison of analytical results of groundwater samples of the project
 area (Table 2.15) with the national technical regulation on
 undergroundwater quality QCVN 09:2008 / BTNMT showed relatively
 good water quality. The water has pH=5.916.64, reached the
 Vietnamese standards. Most of the targets achieved the Vietnamese
 standards analysis. Water training drills should not avoid the presence
 of microorganisms, the target of coliform measured 918MPN/100ml,
 exceeding the Vietnamese standards 36 times.


 Table 2.15: Results of environmental monitoring regional living waste
 water in the project area of underground mining of Nui Beo Coal Mine

                                 Phase I                      Vietnamese
                                                     Phase II (ngày
                              (2022/08/09)                    standards
                                                      2426/02/10)
 No           Target                                               09
                            NB - NN1 NB -NN2 NB - NN1 NB -NN2 2008/BTNMT
     1           pH           6,64     5,91    6,58    6,12     5,58,5
            Conductivity
     2                       0,183    0,247      0,172        0,129         -
              (mS/cm)
  3       Hardness (mg/l)       60       80         75          105        500
  4         TSS (mg/l)          17       20         11           21          -
  5         COD (mg/l)         3,28     3,64       3,48         3,8          4
  6         NH4+ (mg/l)        0,03     0,05       0,04         0,07        0,1
  7       Chloride (mg/l)     15,84    19,41      12,75        21,54       250
  8        Fluoride(mg/l)     0,073    0,128      0,086        0,097        1,0
  9         NO2- (mg/l)       0,009    0,014      0,011        0,018        1,0
 10         NO3- (mg/l)        0,24     0,47       0,27         0,51        15
 11         SO42- (mg/l)        9,5     18,6       11,8         24,3       400
 12         PO42- (mg/l)      0,016    0,012      0,013        0,017         -
 13          Fe (mg/l)         0,39     0,45       0,32         0,38         5
 14          Mn (mg/l)         0,08     0,11       0,06         0,07        0,5
 15          As (mg/l)       0,0034   0,0038     0,0031      0,00036       0,05
 16          Pb (mg/l)       0,0011   0,0019     0,0008       0,0013       0,01


                                      94
     17     Cd (mg/l)      0,0009      0,0010     0,0006  0,0009       0,005
     18     Hg (mg/l)     0,00004     0,00005    0,00002 0,00004       0,001
            Coliform
     19                        12           10      18        9             3
           MPN/100ml

 d. Living Water.
 Living water supplying for the office area is taken from the common
 water supply systems of Halong City. Ground water supply for the
 industrial area and the exploiting works fields are taken from the drain
 line from Ha Long City. Comparing the results of monitoring (Table
 2.16a and 2.16b) with the national technical regulations on drinking
 water quality QCVN 01:2009 / BYT showed good water quality.

 - Water neutral, pH = 6.506.68, reaching the Vietnamese standards
 - Water is odorless, dissolved solids (TDS) in water measured at
 125212mg/l, reaching the standards
 - Toxic substances that affect human health in water such as nitrite and
 chloride (NO2-and Cl-are carcinogens), Fluoride (bad for your bones
 and teeth) reached the Vietnamese standards
 - Metals such as Fe, Mn, Al, As, Pb, Cd, Hg, Cu, Ni, Zn in the water
 reached acceptable standards.
 - Other criteria of analysis reached the standards.
 - The number of microorganisms in water by coliform criterion
 measured at 517 MPN/100ml, exceeding the standards. The traditional
 method is to use chlorine to disinfect or boil water before eating.

 Table 2.16a: Results of environmental monitoring regional living
 water in the project area of underground mining of Nui Beo Coal
 Mine on 2022 August 2009

                                                                 Vietnamese
                                                                  standards
No        Target        Unit        NB- SH1 NB- SH2      NB- SH3
                                                                      01:
                                                                  2009/BYT
 1    pH                              6,53        6,50     6,68    6,58,5
 2    Smell         cảm quan          KM          KM       KM         KM
 3    Color           TCU               5           8        4        15
 4    Turbidity       NTU               0           1        0         2
 5    Hardness        mg/l             90          80       60       300
 6    DO              mg/l            4,18        4,36     4,29        -
 7    TDS             mg/l            136         158      125       1000
 8    NO2-            mg/l           0,021       0,025    0,015        3
 9    NO3-            mg/l            0,25        0,31     0,28       50
10    NH4+            mg/l            0,32        0,40     0,37        3

                                       95
11   SO42-           mg/l      17,4        22,7       15,6       250
12   Chloride        mg/l     31,37       25,62      48,25       250
13   Fluoride        mg/l      0,81        0,87       0,93        1,5
14   Fe              mg/l      0,27        0,29       0,26        0,3
15   Mn              mg/l      0,09        0,12       0,08        0,3
16   Al              mg/l     0,001       0,002      0,001        0,2
17   As              mg/l   0,00063      0,00078    0,00059      0,01
18   Pb              mg/l   0,00081      0,00096    0,00077      0,01
19   Cd              mg/l    0,0003      0,0004     0,0003      0,003
20   Hg              mg/l   0,00007      0,00009    0,00007     0,001
21   Cr              mg/l     0,002       0,001      0,001       0,05
22   Cu              mg/l     0,003       0,005      0,002         1
23   Ni              mg/l   0,00031      0,00038    0,00029      0,02
                    MPN/100
24 Coliform                     12          8          5             0
                      ml

  Table 2.16a: Results of environmental monitoring regional living
  water in the project area of underground mining of Nui Beo Coal
  Mine on 2426 February 2010

                                                       Vietnamese
                                                        standards
No       Target       Unit     NB- SH1 NB- SH2 NB- SH3
                                                            01:
                                                        2009/BYT
 1   pH                          6,60    6,57    6,62    6,58,5
 2   Smell           sensory      KM     KM      KM         KM
 3   Color            TCU          7       6       5        15
 4   Turbidity        NTU          1       2       1         2
 5   Hardness          mg/l       72      90      85       300
 6   DO               mg/l       4,54    4,41    4,37        -
 7   TDS              mg/l       170     212     193       1000
 8   NO2-             mg/l      0,019   0,021   0,017        3
 9   NO3-             mg/l       0,21    0,25    0,15       50
10   NH4+             mg/l       0,35    0,46    0,41        3
11   SO42-            mg/l       20,4    28,2    18,8      250
12   Chloride         mg/l      27,63   24,61   36,24      250
13   Fluoride         mg/l       0,90    0,96    1,13       1,5
14   Fe               mg/l       0,21    0,24    0,22       0,3
15   Mn               mg/l       0,07    0,10    0,08       0,3
16   Al               mg/l      0,001   0,001   0,001       0,2
17   As               mg/l     0,00055 0,00068 0,00057     0,01


                                  96
18       Pb              mg/l   0,00072           0,00089   0,00074       0,01
19       Cd              mg/l    0,0002           0,0003    0,0002       0,003
20       Hg              mg/l   0,00005           0,00006   0,00005      0,001
21       Cr              mg/l    0,001             0,001     0,001        0,05
22       Cu              mg/l    0,001             0,002     0,002          1
23       Ni              mg/l   0,00026           0,00031   0,00028       0,02
                        MPN/100
24 Coliform                        17               10          9           0
                          ml

  2.1.5.3. The state of the soil environment.
  Sampling positions:
  Coordinates of the location of the soil sampling are presented in Table
  2.17, the location of the observation map view AEI-NB-02.

  Table 2.17: Coordinates of the monitoring location of soil
  environmental of project area
   No Notation Observation position             X                       Y
                      Expected land surface
     1        NB-Đ1                                 18.965,06       410.762,19
                      for industruial area
                      Expected land at the
     2        NB-Đ2                                 20.266,96       410.559,29
                      landfill area
     3        NB-Đ3   Landfill in the seam 14       19.522,95       411.114,21
                      Landfill land area in the
     4        NB-Đ4                                 21.121,17       409.709,25
                      northeast
                      Landfill land area in the
     5        NB-Đ5                                 20.291,93       408.169,04
                      North

  Results analysis:
  Results of soil analysis are shown in Table 2.18a, 2.18b.

   Table 2.18a: Results of Analysis of soil samples in the project area
   of underground mining of Nui Beo Coal Mine – phase I on 2022
   August 2009
                              NB -      NB -     NB -      NB -      NB -
No       Target      Unit
                                Đ1        Đ2      Đ3        Đ4        Đ5
 1      pH (KCl)               6,04      5,81    5,76      5,85      5,62
 2      Moisture      %       27,65     26,37   26,43     26,72     27,47
 3       Humic        %        1,48      1,33    1,38      1,27      1,21
 4     K (%K2O)       %       0,081     0,065   0,061     0,072      0,63
 5     P (%P2O5)      %       0,079     0,069   0,066     0,068     0,071
 6       N (%N)       %       0,070     0,065   0,064     0,059     0,055


                                        97
 7      Sulfur        %       0,092        0,125   0,135    0,128      0,118
 8       Ca           %        0,93         1,04    1,12     1,09       1,26
 9       Mg           %        0,35         0,37    0,41     0,39       0,47
10       Al           %       0,248        0,269   0,281    0,278      0,250
11       Fe           %       0,461        0,472   0,494    0,485      0,521
12       Mn          Ppm      18,25        19,03   20,11    19,76      19,30
13       Pb          Ppm       9,11         9,34   10,86     9,15      11,61
14       As          Ppm       1,33         1,50    1,55     1,48       1,57
15       Zn          Ppm      31,19        32,47   33,08    33,21      32,94
16       Cu          Ppm       4,12         4,67    4,53     4,26       4,73
17       Cd          Ppm       0,47         0,53    0,56     0,49       0,61

   Table 2.18b: Results of Analysis of soil samples in the project area
   of underground mining of Nui Beo Coal Mine – phase II on 2426
   February 2010
                              NB -
No       Target      Unit             KC - Đ2 KC - Đ3 KC - Đ4 KC - Đ5
                               Đ1
 1      pH (KCl)              6,08      5,62     5,78      5,87     5,31
 2      Moisture      %      21,34     19,42    18,57     19,23     20,18
 3       Humic        %       1,36      1,12     1,28      1,30     1,26
 4     K (%K2O)       %      0,093     0,059    0,087     0,035     0,042
 5     P (%P2O5)      %      0,084     0,064    0,057     0,055     0,061
 6      N (%N)        %      0,067     0,058    0,064     0,049     0,045
 7       Sulfur       %      0,102     0,147    0,135     0,096     0,162
 8         Ca         %       1,21      0,77     0,81      0,83     1,17
 9        Mg          %       0,24      0,32     0,28      0,41     0,36
10         Al         %      0,250     0,261    0,268     0,272     0,301
11         Fe         %      0,553     0,641    0,527     0,538     0,673
12        Mn         ppm     20,71     20,26    19,95     21,14     21,35
13         Pb        ppm     11,74     10,24    11,43     11,26     12,87
14         As        ppm      1,42      1,47     1,48      1,58     1,72
15         Zn        ppm     32,56     35,25    35,76     36,05     41,68
16         Cu        ppm      4,91      5,71     4,28      5,18     5,74
17         Cd        ppm      0,53      0,62     0,55      0,67     0,76

 From the analysis results (Table 2.18a and Table 2.18b) shows that
 regional landfill soil has pH=5.315.81 – According to the rating scale of
 pH, the soil has low acidity. The soil in the industrial premises is
 expected to have pH neutral, pH = 6.046.08.



                                      98
   Table 2.19: Soil evaluation scale according pH

                     pH > 6,0                       No sour
                     pH = 5,06,0                   Light sour
                     pH = 4,55,0           Medium sour
                     pH = 4,04,5            Heavy sour
                    pH <4,0                  Very heavy sour
   Nitrogen is one of the important criteria for assessing soil quality
   through the ability to provide nitrogen for crops. The results of analysis
   of total nitrogen content in soil samples is 0.045,0.070%, soil of poor
   nitrogen (according to the Vietnamese standards 7373:2004 soils with
   nitrogen content of about 0.030.121%).

   Phosphorus (P) is a nutrition criteria are indispensable in the growth and
   normal development of crops, especially roots and seeds. According to
   The Vietnamese standards 7374:2004, levels of phosphorus (by P2O5)
   in the gray soil from 0.03 to 0.40%, the analysis of soil phosphorus
   content is 0.055 0.084% .

   Potassium (K) is the nutrient is indispensable in the development of
   leaves, the analysis showed that the potassium in the soil is
   0.350.093%, grey soil (according to The Vietnamese standards
   7375:2004, land gray levels have potassium in the range 0.030.4%)

   Table 2.20: The limit indicator of levels of nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium in six
   groups of Vietnam's soil

                            Nitrogen                Phosphorus                  Kali
                             (N, %)                  (P2O5, %)                (K2O, %)
   Soil group
                      Khoảng giá       trung       Khoảng        trung    Khoảng        trung
                          trị           bình        giá trị       bình     giá trị       bình
1. Red soil          0,0650,530 0,177            0,021,00      0,15    0,021,00      0,15
2. Alluvia soil      0,0950,270 0,141            0,032,35      1,05    0,032,35      1,05
3. Gray soil         0,0300,121 0,072            0,030,40      0,15    0,030,40      0,15
4. Alkaline soil     0,1450,420 0,293            1,200,30      1,20    1,001,40      1,20
5. Salinity soil     0,0450,205 0,156            1,202,00      1,35    1,202,00      1,35
6. Coastal soil      vết đến 0,12 0,068           0,020,30      0,12    0,020,30      0,12
                        Vietnam 7373:              Vietnam 7473:          Vietnam 7375:
   Standards
                             2004                       2004                   2004

   Thus the project land area Nui Beo coal mine pit-type soils,

                                             99
  concentrations of nutrients to crops in low land.

  Table 2.21: Limits the total amount of some heavy metals in some soils
  - Vietnam Standard Regulation 03: 2008/BTNMT
                                                      Unit: mg/kg dry soil
                 Agricultural      Forest     Living Commercia       Industria
Parameter
                     soil           soil       land    l land          l land
 Arsenic
                      12             12         12           12              12
  (As)
Cadimium
                       2             2           5           5               10
  (Cd)
 Copper
                      50             70         70          100              100
  (Cu)
Lead (Pb)             70            100         120         200              300
Zinc (Zn)            200            200         200         300              300

  According to the Vietnamese standards QCVN 03: 2008/BTNMT on a
  limited number of heavy metal concentrations in agricultural and forest
  land, the land in the project area is not contaminated with heavy metals
  As, Cd, Cu, Pb, Zn.

  2.1.6. Preliminary evaluation of the sensitivity of the project and
  load capacity of the environment of the project area

     A.     Water Environment.
            Nui Beo mines are being exploited, not the original terrain,
            instead of mining pits or dumping grounds, there are two major
            streams and springs Lo Phong and streams Ha Tu. Ha Tu
            stream is receiving wastewater of Nui Beo coal mine, and
            streams Lo Phong is receiving wastewater of other coal mines
            in the region.

  Results of environmental status monitoring shows that the current
  indicators in the spring Ha Tu touched the threshold or exceeds
  standards allow; streams Lo Phong through years is receiving mine
  effluent water which quality changes close to the nature of wastewater,
  specifically:

  - pH: Ha Tu stream after the discharge area is expected to have pH =
  5.575.64 – The Vietnam Standards 08: 5.59.
  Specific indicators of organic pollution in water such as:

  + Concentration of BOD in the stream Ha Tu is 13.523.0mg/l,
  reaching the Vienam standards. Stream Lo Phong has the


                                      100
concentration of BOD measurement of 35.568mg/l, exceeding the
Vietnam standards 1.422.72 times.

+ Concentration of COD in water streams Ha Tu is 20.4736.8mg/l,
reaching the Vietnam standards. Stream Lo Phong has the
concentration of COD measurement of 59.62115.73mg/l, exceeding
the Vietnam standards 1.22.31 times.

- Total suspended solids (TSS) in stream Ha Tu water measured
from 58108mg/l, reaching the Vietnam standards. Stream Lo Phong
has the concentration of TSS measurement of 110125mg/l, exceeding
the Vietnam standards 1.11.25 times..

- Metal Target: concentrations of heavy metals such as As, Pb, Cd, Hg
have met acceptable standards. Iron content (Fe) in the high streams,
from 2.98  4.21 mg / l, exceeding the Vietnam standards 1.49  2.11
times.
- The analysis of other indicators such as DO, NH4 +, NO3-, grease,
coliform ... meet standards allow.

The current analysis shows that water quality has declined Lo Phong
streams receiving wastewater from the mines and waste water from
households living next to streams, an analysis of indicators exceeding
the Vietnam standards. When the Nui Beo coal mine pits is in operation,
if the waste water from production and living waste water is not treated
before discharge will contribute to increased pollution levels in water
from springs Ha Tu. Recognizing these problems, our company is
committed to achieving wastewater treatment, reaching the Vietnam
standards, before discharge into the receiving system, contributing to
environmental protection in the region.

 B. Air environment.
* In the expected Industrial surface, next to the industrial area +35 of
the opening mine Nui Beo: the airborne dust concentrations measured
phase I is 0.270.39 mg/m3, in phase II is 0.290.37 mg/m3, reached
acceptable standards.

* The coal conveyor from the industrial surface to the coal sorting
Ha Lam factory: The airborne dust concentrations measured phase I is
0.230.38mg/m3, in phase II is 0.190.34mg/m3, reached acceptable
standards.

* The coal conveyor from the industrial surface to the Quang Ninh
thermal power: The airborne dust concentrations measured phase I is



                                  101
0.20.36mg/m3, in phase II is 0.270.36mg/m3, reached acceptable
standards.
* Regional landfill: The airborne dust concentrations measured phase
I is 0.231.32mg/m3, in phase II is 0.260.84mg/m3, reached
acceptable standards.

* The transportation road of waste rock: This route is located in open
mining fields. The airborne dust concentrations measured phase I is
0.230.71mg/m3, in phase II is 0.320.45mg/m3, reached acceptable
standards.

 * Residential Neighborhood: measured levels of dust is 0.48 mg/m3
in phase I and in phase II is 0.42 mg/m3, exceeding the Vietnam
standards 1.31.6 times.

Results of analysis showed that levels of dust in the Nui Beo mine
boundary reached health standard 3733-2000.

* The toxic gas was measured and analyzed include: SO2, NO2, CO,
CO2. Most are in the position of the gas content is lower than the
permitted standard.

Thus, the boundary Nui Beo mine is in the air quality limits, reached
standards TCVSLD 3733-2000. The Nui Beo coal underground mine
uses the technology of underground mining, so the volume of rock
waste will less, dumping waste into landfill in the reservoir 14, the
transport of coal by conveyor belt, the area of sorting and coal
warehousing are installated of anti-dust system so when the project
comes into operation will be less polluting the surrounding air, thus less
likely to affect the load capacity of the region. Air pollution will also occur
locally in the mining tunnels and directly affect only the workers.

C. Soil environment.
The soil area of Nui Beo coal mine has a pH = 5.316.08. According to
the rating scale, most of the pH of soil is acidity slightly.
The results of analysis of total nitrogen content in soil samples is 0.045
 0.070%, soil of poor nitrogen (according to TCVN 7373:2004 gray
soils with nitrogen content of about 0.03  0.121%).

According to the Vietnam standards TCVN 7374:2004, levels of
phosphorus (by P2O5) in the gray soil from 0.03 to 0.40%, the analysis
of soil phosphorus content is 0.0550.084%.

Potassium in soils is 0.35  0.093%, gray soil (according to the Vietnam




                                     102
standards TCVN 7375:2004, gray soil has levels of potassium in the
range 0.03 0.4%)

Thus the land area of Nui Beo coal mine soils has concentrations of
nutrients to crops in low.

Comparing the results of analysis of metals in the soil targets with the
Vietnam standards QCVN 03: 2008/BTNMT (a limited number of heavy
metal concentrations in agricultural and forest land), the project land
area is not contaminated contamination of heavy metals As, Cd, Cu, Pb,
Zn.

The exploitation of coal by underground mining technology will take up
very little surface area so much variability at the soil quality. The entire
amount of tailings from coal mining will be concentrated at the landfill
disposal phenomenon so occupied and land degradation is negligible.
However, coal mine waste is projected to have the acid, high levels of
iron and manganese to the flow through the soil surface will increase
the acidity and increased metal concentrations of iron, manganese in
the soil.

2.1.7. The regional land use in the area planned do the expected
industrial surface of the project.
The area of industrial premises: Total land area of the airport industrial
space is 4.55 ha, which is mainly land yard area. Northwest area of the
factory is ready Nui Beo open mines, the northeast has some houses of
the people, the majority of houses are in level IV.

2.2. ECONOMIC - SOCIAL CONDITIONS.
2.2.1. Economic conditions.
The mine is located in wards of Ha Tu - Ha Long City. Halong City is the
provincial capital, cultural centers, economic and political life of Quang
Ninh. The city has a land area of 208.55 km2 and natural sea 427.56
km2 Ha Long Bay, located in the northern key economic, 165km from
Hanoi to the northwest, the Mong Cai border 184km to the east , south
to the sea east. The city developed economic structure: Industry - trade
and services - agriculture industry is mainly coal.

* Industry: The coal was formed long ago and became a strong point of
the city with several large mines: Nui Beo, Ha Tu, Ha Lam, Tan Lap and
dozens of small mines. Mine is associated with the screening plants,
mechanical engineering, transport enterprises and the harbor. The city
has invested in building a Quang Ninh thermal power plants with total
capacity of 1,200 MW located near Bang Bridge.
Ha Long has many good clay, are six manufacturing high quality
ceramic tiles give in and outside the province, an export.


                                     103
Cai Lan port is a major national ports.
* Agriculture: Area 400ha of farmland just enough to supply 50% of
demand. The city has more than 1,000 ha of forest land, half the area of
perennial crops, mainly pines.

Fisheries is a strength due to the open sea, many types of seafood for
local and export.

* Transportation: Located on Highway 18 connecting from Bac Ninh to
Mong Cai border gate has been upgraded. From Ha Long may the
Uong Bi and along Highway 10 to Highway 1A through Vietnam. The
city has parking for heliport and seaplane; a railway station Kep - Ha
Long to Cai Lan port connection.

The city has great potential to develop water transportation. Cai Lan
port capable of receiving 1 million tons of cargo each year. B12 oil port
capable of receiving 30,000 tons per year. Hon Gai port can
accommodate vessels close to the bank a thousand tons, larger vessels
can be transferred from the floating port in the gulf region.

* Service: Bai Chay is a tourist center - the sea service. The city is a
major trading hub. Goods exported mainly coal and seafood imports are
petroleum, mining machines, steel, transportation; act as trade in
industrial goods, food, food production and used by the mining industry

Nui Beo coal underground mine in an area concentrated in mining and
coal mining operations. Infrastructure, roads, power systems,
mechanical and service life, etc. ... quite developed. Especially Quang
Ninh thermal power plant went into operation, the Ha Lam Coal Sorting
Factory will be invested in construction for sorting coal mines in Hon Gai
coal industry development planning, etc. .. the process of extraction,
processing and transportation of coal is quite favorable.

2.2.2. Social Conditions

2.2.2.1. The administrative units and regional planning
Ha Long has more than 250 thousand people and most of the Kinh. The
city has 20 administrative units, including 20 wards: Ha Khanh, Ha Lam,
Ha Trung, Ha Phong, Ha Tu, Hong Hai, Cao Thang, Cao Xanh, Yet
Kieu, Tran Hung Dao, Bach Dang, Hon Gai , Bai Chay, Hong Ha, Ha
Khau, Wells Bottom, Hung Thang, Tuan Chau, Vietnam Hung and Dai
Yen.
According to Ha Long city plans to form five functional areas:
1. City Centre: The investment in improvement of technical
infrastructure into central administration and the public culture of the


                                   104
province and city.
2. Reclamation area south and northwest city: Construction of new
urban area of about 1,000 ha.
3. Tourism development zone southwest of the city: a tourist center,
including the Bai Chay Hung Thang and international tourist island of
Tuan Chau.
4. Industrial and port zone (northwest and northern Ha Long:
Construction of Cai Lan port, industrial ships, industrial production of
construction materials and processing.
5. Landscapes and nature conservation.

2.2.2.2. Social life
Annually, the city has to create jobs for 4-5 thousands of workers. In the
10 years from where the poverty rate of 10% in 1990, deleted hungry
households and reduce poverty to less than 1%, deleted temporary and
dilapidated houses across the province.

- 100% communes have electricity, water, streets for car to the center,
covering radio and television.
- Completed lower secondary school since 2002.
- There are 20/20 clinic wards and communes have doctors.
- Income per capita in 2002 reached $ 1,068.3 (3.6 times compared with
10 last year).

2.2.2.3. Historic, natural landscape
Ha Long is a tourist town, major tourist center of Northern Vietnam.
Ha Long Bay was recognized as a UNESCO World Heritage Site, is a
tourist attraction and abroad.

Associated with the Bay as Bai Chay Ward, and Hung Thang, Tuan
Chau is the development of hotel and restaurant and construction of
tourism projects. Bai Chay coastline, beaches have been restored and
the amusement park was formed.

Besides the Gulf, with almost 30 caves have been discovered. The
Thien Cung cave, Dau Go, Sung Sot Cave has been refurbished to
create more attractive.

Under city zoning, Nui Beo coal mine located north of the city separated
from the tourist area southwest of the city above.

2.2.2.4. Economic and social conditions of Ha Tu ward.
Ha Tu Ward is one of the large wards of Ha Long City with a land area
of 1,739.62 ha, of which 55.45 ha is agricultural land, industrial land is
135.35 ha, other land is 1,604.27 ha. Fairly large population in wards



                                    105
with 3,880 households, of which 7,800 people work in the local
factories.

The main roads in Quang Ninh ward run through the territory of
Highway 18A, in addition to the road but also rail used primarily to
transport coal Ha Tu Coal Mine and Tan Lap. Now Ward has 03 schools,
02 offices and 01 research institutes, 01 fair, 01 cemeteries and 02
temples. Residential activities to tap water. Sewage system and surface
water of Ha Tu although there but had deteriorated greatly. In addition,
Ha Tu springs area was built embankments on both sides of streams
and rocks dredged to unfreeze the flow.


CHAPTER 3: EVALUATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT

3.1. IMPACT ASSESSMENT.

3.1.1. Principles of assessment, sources of impact and audience
impact.

3.1.1.1. Principles for assessment.
Project "Investment in construction mining in Nui Beo Coal Mine" was
built at Ha Tu Ward Ha Long City, Quang Ninh. The environmental
impact assessment of the project will be to evaluate each stage of the
project:

- Preparations.
- Phase construction (ground leveling, construction of infrastructure,
basic tunneling and equipment installation)
- Stage production.
- Period end deposits.

Each stage will have an impact on the natural environment, social
environment and other values of the locality where the project.

The criteria used to predict and evaluate include: the size and
importance of human impact, the quality of the natural environment,
social and economic.

3.1.1.2. The sources of impact, the object affected.

a) Sources, effects, subject-related impacts of waste.


Table 3.1: Sources, impacts, subject to impacts related to waste



                                   106
 No           Sources               Impct factor         Subjects impacted
1     Preparations:
      - Demolition of           - Dust and gas
                                                     Environment ambient air,
      architectural objects     emissions
                                                     soil, water, public health
      (houses, factories,       - Stormwater runoff
                                                     (employees).
      buildings ...) for land   - Solid Waste
                                                     The work surrounding
      clearance
2     Phase of construction (ground leveling, construction of infrastructure):
                                                     environment of water,
                                Living wastwater
                                                     land,
                                                     environment of water,
                                Wastwater from       land, social and
                                production           economic life

                                                       environment of water,
                                   Stormwater runoff
                                                       land,
      -   Digging, leveling the
                                                       Public Health emissions,
          ground.                  Wast air
                                                       atmospheric
          - Construction of
          roads and ancillary
          works: buildings,
          houses for workers,
          the ready ...
          - Installation of
          equipment,
          machinery, sugar                             Surrounding air
          water, electricity and                       environment, public
          manufacturing            Dust
                                                       health (employees),
          activities.                                  water and ecosystems
          - Tunneling (the
          wells and tunnels
          through)
      -   Blasting



                                   Wast of oil and     Environment and water,
                                   grease              soil, public health..
                                                       Air environment and
                                                       atmospheric, wokers’
                                   Solid waste
                                                       health.
                                                       .
3     Stage production:




                                          107
No            Sources                Impct factor          Subjects impacted
                                                        Atmospheric emissions
                                                        and ambient air
                                  Air wast
                                                        environment, health of
                                                        workers
                                                        Cleaner air environment,
                                  Dust                  health workers
      - Blasting
      - Unloading of rock and     Solid Waste:
      coal.                       - Soil waste rock,
      - Installation of           acid waste,
                                                        sedimentation of streams
      equipment in the oven.      hazardous waste
                                                        polluted surface water
      - Exploitatiton and coal.   (waste oil,
                                                        and land ecosystems.
      - Repair and                batteries ...).
      maintenance of              - Life waste: food
      equipment, machinery,       waste, paper,
      transport ...               wood ...)
      - Study the                                       Environment surface
      classification of coal      Living wastwater
                                                        water, groundwater, soil.
      - Transportation of coal    Wastwater from
      and waste rock              production on
      - Dumping of waste          industrial premises
                                  (grease, metals)
                                                        Environment surface
                                  and wastewater
                                                        water, groundwater, soil,
                                  from pit coal
                                                        ecosystem
                                  mining (often with
                                  low pH, turbidity
                                  large).

4     Ending Stage of mine:
                                                        Wastewater
                                                        Environment surface
                                  Wastwater
                                                        water, groundwater
      - San tricked and
      improving landfill
                                                        Cleaner air environment,
      - Blasting closed oven.
                                  Dust                  the health workers.
      - San brushed surface.
      - Dismantle works on
      the ground.                                       Air environment and
                                  Air wast              atmosphere.
                                                        Health workers



    b) Sources, effects, subject to impacts not related to waste



                                         108
Table 3.2: The sources of impacts, subject to impacts not related
to waste

i
No    Sources of impacts         Impacts                Affected subjects to
                                                        impacts
                                 psychological
                                 disorders causing
      - Select location                                The lives of 75
                                 local governments
      - Compensation for site                          households
                                 and regional
      clearance, resettlement                          The structure of land use
                                 residential projects.
      and resettlement
                                 Economic Impact
                                 of the people
                                  erosion, slope
      - digging, leveling the                           topography, soils,
                                 failure,
      ground.                                           ecosystems, hydrological
                                 sedimentation of
      - Construction of roads                           systems, the
                                 streams, rivers and
1     and ancillary works:                              infrastructure of the
                                 lakes, degradation
      buildings, houses for                             region, socio-cultural,
                                 of biodiversity
      workers, the ready ...                            economic, local ...
                                 change ...
      - Blasting
                                 Noise, vibration
                                                    topography, soils,
      tunneling, construction                       ecosystems, water
2                                subsidence of land
      of tunnels                                    table ...

                                  Growth               The economy, the
                                 development,         infrastructure sector,
                                 improve quality of   workers and residents in
                                 life. Changes in the the area.
      Summary of the             labor structure.
3     project's activities and
      influence of nature.       Risk of incident:
                                                        Workers in the area,
                                 landslides,
                                                        topography, vegetation,
                                 subsidence, fire
                                                        buildings, materials and
                                 and gas, water
                                                        economics of the mine
                                 stand .
c) The risk of environmental accidents, the object affected
Table 3.3: The risk of environmental accidents can occur, subject to
impact

No    The risk of incident       Impacts                Affected subjects
      A landslide,               a large filling, pit    Topography, soils,
1     subsidence, collapse       collapse,              ecosystems, hydrological
      staging fight and          widespread             systems, workers in the


                                   109
      collapsed rocks in the   subsidence               region.
      oven roads               topography.
                               Underground fires,
 2    Gas fire and explosion
                               gas explosions
                                                        workers, the mine, the
                                Falling ovens,          mining economy.
 3    Water explosion          water flooded the
                               pit.
                               electrical fire, leak    Employees, residents in
 4    Other risks              electricity, unsafe      the area.
                               traffic

3.1.2. The volume of wast, range of impacts
3.1.2.1. Volume.
a) Stage construction

* Dust
a1. Dust from ground leveling:
 According to the method of the WHO rapid assessment, dust generated
by 0.01% by weight of soil reclamation. With this number can calculate
the amount of dust released into the atmosphere during the construction
according to the formula:
Q1 = 0.01% x Q
Where:
- Q1 is the total amount of dust generated during construction.
- Q is the total volume of soil reclamation (the average rock density is
2.6 T/m3).
The volume of the rock digging, leveling the ground during construction
of Nui Beo coal mine as follows:

Table 3.4: Weight of the rock digging, leveling the ground during
construction
No                  Category                           Volume (m3)
 1     Industrial surface +35                            260.000
 2     Auxiliary surfaces:
       - Surface for processing food                      2.160
       water                                             27.100
       - Surface for processing wast
       water from production and living
 3     5 tons of explosives Store                        10.050
       Total                                             299.510
(Source: Project construction pit mining investment Nui Beo coal mine)
Thus, the total amount of dust generated is:



                                    110
Q = 0.01% x 299,510 x 2.6 = 77.87 tons.

Dust from the use of fuel for internal combustion engine: Based on
the WHO document, the amount of dust generated when using a ton of
oil for internal combustion engine is 0.94 kg.

The equipment used mainly for construction phase include: shovels,
cars, air brushed. According to project oil equipment for ground leveling
estimated: 0.37 lit/m3, the amount of dust generated by the combustion
of the fuel combustion is 104.17 kg.

Thus, the load of dust diffuses into the environment from the earthworks,
ground leveling is: 77974.17 kg. The process of construction of the
project about four years, so the daily amount of dust generated would
be: 64.978 kg / day.

Estimated concentration of dust in the ground construction of the
project:
Consider the source of dust in the construction sector as a source
surface, where concentrations of dust generated in the region apply the
concept of the "fixed Box" [6.7] and is calculated following formula:

                                 103 Ml
                    C = Co +               (mg/m3)
                                uH

Where: C: average concentrations of dust emissions in the construction
sector (mg/m3).

Co: concentration of dust in the construction sector, obtaining a dust
concentrations measured here: Co = 0.406 mg/m3
M: generating dusty load, average load of 2.71 kg / h, construction area
is 4.55 ha to M = 0.0165 mg/s.m2

L: cavity length, measured by the average length of the largest
construction sector, l = 280 m;
H: high level of dust mix, choose H = 30 m.
U: wind speed in wind speed measurements taken at the construction
area, u = 2m / s

Dust concentration in the region estimated CC: C = 0.483 mg/m3

a2. Dust from the basic tunneling process:
Table 3.5: Volume of construction in the basic tunneling



                                     111
                                                                 Oven volume
                                                Oven length (m) when tunneling
     No           Names of ovens                                     (m3)
                                                Rock     Coal   Rock      Coal
                                                oven     oven oven        oven
     I    Passable tunnels
          Main vertical pit for coal
     1
          transportation (+35  -410)             445          0       19.481           0
          Cage vertical pit for
     2    transportation of material (+35
           -370)                                 405          0       17.660           0
     3    Surface and oven station -140          1.032         0       20.384
     4    Surface and oven station -350          2.147         0       42.170           0
     5    Passable tunnels -140                  1.620        40       32.730          716
     6    Passable tunnels -350                  1.150         0       27.191           0
     II   Preparatory tunnels                     465       9.800       6.639     131.334
     1    Mining tunnel 11101                      55       1.975        605       24.465
     2    Mining tunnel 11102                      0        1.040          0       11.518
     3    Mining tunnel 21102                      0        2.105          0       32.502
     4    Mining tunnel 31101                      55       1.615        974       26.757
     5    Mining tunnel 41101                     300       2.025       4.455      24.587
     6    Mining tunnel 41102                      55       1.040       605   11.505
          Total                                  7.264      9.840     166.255 132.050

According to "Environmental Management in Mining and energy
industry of Russia": the explosion of 1 kg of explosives will produce
0.043  0.25 kg dust. The total amount of explosives used in the
tunneling phase is essentially 315 tonnes (with a report on Investment),
the basic tunneling process about four years. Therefore, the amount of
dust generated during coal mining of 01 year is: 3,386.25 19,687.5 Kg
/ year.

Also, the basic tunneling process also generates solid wastes into the environment :
(166,255 x 2.6) / 4 = 108,065.75 tons / year. Therefore, the total amount of dust
generated during tunneling and basic transport and disposal of land each year is:
Table 3.6: Estimated amount of dust generated during tunneling
                                Load
                                               Quantity             Discharge
No         Sources           coefficient
                                              (Ton/year)            (Kg/năm)
                              (Kg/Ton)


                                        112
        Transportation,
1                                0,17     108.065,75           18.371,18
        loading and soil
2       Pouring wast rock       0,134     108.065,75           14.480,81
        Use      of    fuel
        (petrol)         for
3                                0,94       14,83                13,94
        transport, waste
        rock dump
4       Blasting             0,043  0,25   78,75        3.386,25  19.687,5
                                                              36.252,18 
                   Total discharge
                                                               52.553,43

    * The vapor
    Sources of emissions during construction is mainly due to the blast
    furnace process and basic tunneling by the operation of machinery,
    construction equipment using internal combustion engines. We can
    estimate the emissions of waste generated as follows:
    - Waste gas generated during blasting: During blasting emissions
    generated mainly CO2, according to "Environmental management and
    energy extractive industries of Russia": the explosion of 1 kg of
    explosives in soil will produce 0.075 kg of CO2, so the amount of gas
    generated in the 01 years of operation is 5.68 tons / year.

    - Steam and gas generated mainly by the operation of equipment,
    construction machinery: Estimated amount of waste gas emissions from
    the combustion of fuel in internal combustion engine according to WHO,
    as follows:

    Table 3.7: Estimates of the gas emissions generated during
    construction and tunneling

                                    Load Coefficient     Total discharge
         No        Emissions
                                        (kg/T)                 (Kg)
         1           SO2                  2,8                302,18
         2           NO2                 12,3               1327,42
         3           CO                  0,05                  5,40
         4           VOC                 0,24                  25,9

    * Rainwater runoff.

    * Rainwater runoff.

    During construction, when the rain will appear rainfall runoff. Rainfall
    runoff depends on rainfall in the region, according to the meteorological
    time of rainfall is usually concentrated in a few summer months from
    May 50 to 10, during which time rainfall per month high. The wastewater

                                      113
    contains solids, dust, grease from construction equipment from the
    accumulated days without rain would be certain to affect the receiving
    water.

    The amount of stormwater runoff on the project's land area is calculated
    by the formula:
    Qmua = q x C x F
    (The formula applied in Vietnam's construction standards TCXDVN
    51:2006)

    Where:
    q: intensity of precipitation calculations (l/ngay.dem/m2);
    C: coefficient of flow;
    F: area of interest (m2).

    - Maximum rainfall in one day in the region is 195 mm (l/m2);
    - Permeability of the ground is 0.3 (the standard construction TCXDVN
    51:2006);

    - Total area of the construction area is 45,500 m2.
    Results calculated as follows:
    Qmua = 195 x 45,500 x 0.3 / 1000 = 2661.75 m3/day.

    b) phase of the project activities

    * Dust and gas emissions

    Dust

    Dust generated during this period mainly due to blasting operations,
    sorting, transport and disposal. According to the method of the WHO
    rapid assessment can estimate the amount of dust generated by the
    coefficient on the pollution as follows:

    • Estimated amount of dust generated in the pit:


   Table 3.8: Weight of explosive used annually in the Nui Beo coal mine
                                                           Comsum
                                               Mining                  Explo-
                                                           -ption of
                                               output                   sives
No            Exploiting technology                 3    explosives
                                               (10 T/                    (Kg/
                                                             (kg)/
                                                year)                   year)
                                                         1000Tthan
      An extraction system in the long              500
1                                                                 -
      column,             synchronization           650


                                        114
    mechanization,       coal     roadheader
    combination        discount       anti-self-
    propelled rigs, control fire broke stone
    walls with a full application at the
    seams with position angle  25
    thickness of 3.5 m.
    System of exploiting in the long
    column, synchronization
    mechanization, coal roadheader
    combination discount anti-self-
    propelled rigs, control fire broke stone        350
2                                                            -
    walls with a full application at the            530
    seams with position angle 25  60,
    thickness 3.5 m.


    Column extraction system along and
    to keep the mining oven by mobile
    frames, control fire broke stone walls,        210             38.745
3                                                          184,5
    coal exploiting by blasting, ceiling fall       320            59.040
    to take roof coal, applied in the seam
    position with thickness  2.5m, slope
    angle of 35 .
    Column extraction system along and
    to keep the mining oven by mobile
    frames, control fire broke stone walls,
    coal exploiting along the whole length          140             34.090
4   of the seams, applied in the seam                      243,5
                                                    210           51.135
    position with thickness 3m, slope
    angle of 35 .


    Column extraction system along and
    to keep the mining oven by single
    hydraulic frames, control fire broke
5   stone walls, coal exploiting by blasting,      100     237     23.700
    applied in the seam position with
    thickness up to 2.5m, slope angle to
    35.


    System-level mining division - leaning         35,2             2.288
6                                                           65
    and to keep the mining oven by single           73            4.745
    hydraulic frames, control fire broke


                                       115
       stone walls, B40 steel mesh cover on
       top of stove, coal exploiting by
       blasting, applied in the seam position
       with thickness 6m, slope angle 35.

       An extraction system in the long
       column,                  synchronization
       mechanization,      coal     roadheader
       combination       discount      anti-self-
7      propelled rigs, control fire broke stone          200            -
       walls with a full reinforcement
       application at the seams with position
       angle  35, needing to protect ground
       works.
                                                                                   98.823
     The total amount of explosives used per year
                                                                                      
                                                                                  138.620

    The amount of dust generated during coal mining pits mainly dust
    generated by blasting, coal stage. Quantity of explosives to be used in
    mining Nui Beo coal mine is 98.823  138.620 tons / year. According to
    "Environmental Management in Mining and energy industry of Russia":
    the explosion of 1 kg of explosives will produce 0.043  0.25 kg dust.
    Therefore, the amount of dust generated during coal mining per 01
    years is: 4,249.3934,655 Kg / year.

    • Estimated amount of dust generated during the production process in
    the ground

    Table 3.9: Estimated amount of dust generated during the production process on the
    ground

                                              Load
                                                           Quatity          Discharge
No      Sources                            coefficient
                                                           (Ton/year)       (Kg/year)
                                            (Kg/Ton)
1       Drying                                 0,21         2.000.000        420.000
2       Transportation, loading soil           0,17            90.000         15.300
3       Dumping of waste rock            0,134                 90.000         12.060
        Use of fuel (petrol) for
4                                         0,94                 13,45           12,64
        transport, waste rock dump
                         Total discharge                                    447.372,64




                                           116
Estimated concentration of dust in the sorting workshop during the
stage of the project activity:
Consider the source of dust in the sorting area as a source of surface,
while the concentration of dust generated in the region apply the
concept of the "fixed box" and is calculated as follows:
                            103 Ml
                     C = Co +             (mg/m3)
                                 uH

Where: C: average concentrations of dust released into the sorting area
(mg/m3).
Co: concentration of dust in the area, taken by measuring
concentrations of particulates are here: Co = 0.41 mg/m3
M: generating dusty load, average load of 60.46 kg / h, the area is 3500
m2 factory screening should be M = 4.80 mg/s.m2
L: cavity length, measured by the average length of the region's biggest
factories in place, l = 90 m;
H: high level of dust mix, choose H = 30 m.
U: wind speed in wind speed measurements taken at the workshop area
is ready, u = 2m / s
Estimated dust concentration in the region down to: C = 7.61 mg/m3.

Emissions
Emissions arising during the operational phase of the project mainly due
to the use of fuel combustion in transportation and disposal of waste
rock.

According to the method of the WHO rapid assessment, to estimate the
emissions generated during fuel for internal combustion engines each
year of the project as follows:

Table 3.10: Estimated amount of annual emissions generated by fuel combustion
engine

 No      Emissions            Load coefficient          Total discharge (kg)
                                  (kg/T)
  1          SO2                    2,8                          37,66
  2          NO2                     12,3                       165,44
  3           CO                     0,05                        0,67
  4          VOC                     0,94                       12,64


Emissions generated during blasting is mainly CO2, according to
"Environmental Management in Mining and energy industry of Russia":

                                      117
the explosion of 1 kg of explosives in the soil will produce 0.075 kg of
CO2, so the amount gas generated in the 01 years of operation is
7.4110.40 T / yr.

* Living wastewater
Payroll labor of the whole mine is 2100 people, quantity of the drinking
water of about 200 m3/day-night, waste water is estimated at 160
m3/day-night (about 80% of input). According to Standard 20 TCN-51-
84 we can estimate the amount of pollutant emissions arising from
mining waste water at Nui Beo as follows:

Table 3.11: Total volume of pollutants in living waste water
                              Wast volume        Total wast volume
No         Pollutants        (g/person/day)           (Kg/day)
                                                  Min         Max
 1       Suspended solids               50 - 55              105           115,5
 2       BOD5 of     deposited
                                        25 - 30             52,5             63
         water
 3       N-NH4+                             7               14,7
 4       Phosphorus total                  1,7              3,57

* The production wastwater
According to Investment report, the volume of waste water from coal mining pits at
Nui Beo coal mine as follows:
Table 3.12: Estimated water from mining operations of coal mines at Nui Beo coal
mine


  No        Mining          Minimum               Medium              Maximum
            levels           volume               volume               volume
                            QMin (m3/h)           QTB (m3/h)          QMax (m3/h)
     1        -140            326                    401                479
     2        -350            829                    904                982

Based on analysis of water quality in the reservoirs 11 and 14 of the
Nui Beo Coal JSC (the current mining), can predict the quality of
wastewater when mining at Nui Beo as follows:

Table 3.13: Estimated amount of substances in the sewage of
underground mining at Nui Beo
                     Vietnam                   Discharge kg/day
                    standards
 No      Target     24(B)200
                              Content   Level -140          Level -350
                          9/BTNM                    Min        Max          Min      Max


                                        118
                          T
 1    pH                          5,11      5,11       5,11      5,11        5,11
                                                                1.122,1     1.329,2
 2    BOD5 (mg/l)        50       56,40     441,27   648,37           3           4
                                                     1.130,1    1.955,8     2.316,8
 3    COD (mg/l)        100       98,31     769,14         1          8           5
                                                     1.250,1    2.163,6     2.563,0
 4    TSS (mg/l)        100      108,75     850,86         9          9           2
                                           2.405,8   3.535,0    6.118,0     7.247,1
 5    TDS(mg/l)           -      307,50          8         2          2           6
      Nitrogen
 6    (mg/l)             30       1,37       10,68     15,69      27,16       32,17
 7    NO3- (mg/l)         -       0,73        5,69      8,36      14,47       17,15
 8    NH4+ (mg/l)        10       0,65        5,05      7,41      12,83       15,20
 9    P (mg/l)            6       0,44        3,42      5,03       8,71       10,32
                                           1.499,4   2.203,2    3.813,0     4.516,8
 10 SO42- (mg/l)          -      191,65          7         1          7           1
    Chloride
 11 (mg/l)              600      25,92   202,76 297,92 515,60 610,76
 12 Fe (mg/l)            5        7,56     59,13   86,88 150,36 178,12
 13 Mn (mg/l)            1        1,12      8,76   12,88   22,28   26,40
                                 0,0020
 14 As (mg/l)            0,1        1   0,01571 0,02308 0,03994 0,04731
 15 Pb (mg/l)            0,5     0,0077  0,0599 0,0879 0,1522 0,1803
 16 Cd (mg/l)           0,01     0,0061  0,0475 0,0698 0,1209 0,1432
                                 0,0004
 17 Hg (mg/l)           0,01        7   0,00366 0,00537 0,00930 0,01102
 18 Cr3+ (mg/l)           1      0,049     0,383   0,563   0,975   1,155
 19 Cr6+ (mg/l)          0,1     0,022     0,168   0,247   0,428   0,507
 20 Cu (mg/l)             2      0,0081  0,0634 0,0931 0,1612 0,1909
 21 Ni (mg/l)            0,5     0,0018  0,0143 0,0210 0,0363 0,0430
 22 Zn (mg/l)             3      0,0026  0,0201 0,0296 0,0512 0,0607
    Oil&grease
 23 (mg/l)                5       0,40        3,13      4,60       7,96        9,43
    Coliform
                       5.000       6075     47.530              72.462
 24 (MPN/100ml)                                      120.868                143.175

Note: Estimated amount of pollutant in waste water production of the
mine are estimated based on average results of analysis of wastewater
in pits reservoir 11 and reservoir 14 pits of Nui Beo Coal JSC - TKV (the
current environment).

Wastewater from the factory accessories: Water is mainly disposed of
wastewater from car washing and mechanical workshops, electrical ....,
car wash and workshops wastewater mainly contains grease,


                                  119
suspended solids, COD, heavy metals.
* Solid waste
Living solid waste:
According to the method of the WHO rapid assessment of waste
discharged each day is 0.3 kg per a person. When the project goes into
operation, officers and employees of the mine is 2100 people. So the
amount of waste generated daily: 2100 x 0.3 x60% = 378 kg / day.

typical industrial solid waste:
According to the characteristics of the coal mining industry - Mining
wastes generated the biggest rock, acid waste. The amount of tailings
from the process of tunneling is essentially 432,263 tonnes of tailings
and waste generated after acid extraction process and prepared than
the average annual Nui Beo Coal Mine is 90,000 tons / year. In addition,
industrial solid wastes of the mine also include metal shavings, the
excess material in the repair machinery, sludge from wastewater
treatment processes ...

Hazardous waste
Hazardous wastes include waste oil and grease, battery failure, wipes
grease, oil, grease and cloth shop in the automotive, mechanical repair
workshops, the acidic and alkaline battery waste regulations; the waste
oil containers ...

3.1.2.2. Scale of impact

Table 3.14: Scale of the environmental impacts of the project

                                                                Impact scale
 No        Activities of the project            Time
                                                                       Space
                                               (year)
         Brushing and leveling                           in the project boundary
  1                                               3
        creating surface
        Construction and installation                    in the project boundary
  2                                               3
        of equipment on the ground
                                                         in the project boundary
  3     Basic tunneling                           4
                                                         Ground water from station
  4     Water supply                             30
                                                         Khe Rửa
  5     Drainage                                 30      Springs Hà Tu
  6     Life of wokers                           30      Springs Ha Tu
  7     Repair of equipment                      30      in the project boundary



                                        120
  8    Blasting                             30
  9    Coal mining
                                                    in the project boundary
  10   Transporting
                                                    and surounding
                                            30
                                                    On the ground surface of the
  11   Coal sorting
                                                    mine
  12   Wasting
                                                    in the project boundary
  13   Risk of incident                    >30
  14   Rehabilitation of wast dumps         >1

3.1.3. Assessing the environmental impacts of the project
3.1.3.1. Impact Assessment in the preparation of the project.
 Affected by clearance and immigrant resettlement.
Investment project construction pit mining Nui Beo coal mine in full
compliance with the planning and development of coal industry
economic trends towards industrialization of our country today. The
economic impact is positive and has been clearly analyzed in the
context of the project, the impact on the natural environment is
negligible. But the social aspect, without strict control problems will arise
again negatively affected the development of the project. Key activities
may arise as a negative impact: Activities clearance compensation and
resettlement of households in this release. The negative impact on the
economy - society is analyzed below:

a. Direct impact to the household relocation and clearance:
For the construction of underground mines Nui Beo, about 75
households will have to be relocated from the area housing construction
projects and the impact of mining process with out fire.

According to the survey in the locality, the construction Nui Beo coal
mine pit is a policy of the State, the provincial leaders and concerned by
the impact of mining from exposed to environmental naturally much
smaller this year so local people are also very supportive. It can be said
a great advantage for project development. But many families are
worried about their whereabouts after the move, just hope that the new
place will ensure life for their families. As the number of households is
not much clearance (75 households) and by the land resettlement that
province for investors with good infrastructure, close to downtown, the
environment is better most of the households are excited

b. The impact to the surrounding residential area projects:
- Because the area was mining for many years, it should know the
National Industry Group Coal- Minerals of Vietnam guidelines for mining

                                    121
Nui Beo coal mine, the residents living around has been very supportive
for the project.

- Survey results show that most households are cleared for the project
tend to want to live in new resettlement areas that make the lives of
farmers around the undisturbed , influenced by demand for new housing
from households clearance.

In general, the clearance of mines and the relocation of a significant
effect on the lives of the farmers around.

The impact on the natural environment and economy - society will be all
projects presented in the environmental commitment of the project
separately.

3.1.3.2. Assessing the environmental impact of the project during
construction

a) The effect of dust.
The work of digging and soil, leveling create space is not large.
According to calculations, loads of dust generated during construction of
the project is 77.97 tonnes, the average dust concentration C = 0.483
mg/m3, exceeding Vietnam standards QCVN 05:2009 / BTNMT  1.61
times; load of dust generated from the basic tunneling and transport of
waste rock in tunneling is essentially 36.252  52.553 tons / year.
However, by the time construction term, focus should not affect the air
environment is not large. On the other hand, the region carried out in
the open ground leveling the field so dust generated will not affect the
residential area, only the direct impact to workers and miners working in
the area.

Using fuel for combustion engines of the equipment: Dust is generated
in the combustion of petroleum machinery. However, the results of the
load of dust generated by the fuel of this stage is not large volumes of
equipment by using less, so almost no harm to the environment.

b) Impact of gas.
The total load of toxic gas is generated in the process of construction of
the company's largest emissions into the air. However, the gas will
impact on people when there is high concentration and focus.
On the other hand, according to the study and comparison of projects
conducted found that:

- Instantaneous concentration of this gas in the air construction area is
not large.
- Construction activities taking place on a wide area, so the vapor


                                   122
generated easily diffuse into the surrounding atmosphere.

Therefore, the effects of these chemicals to health workers and the
environment is almost negligible.

c) The impact of noise.
Noise generated during construction works on the infrastructure
includes:

- Operation of construction machinery: excavators, harvesters,
passenger cars and dumping waste materials ...
- Noise generated by the activities of officials and employees.
The equipment used in the process of construction on the premises of
the project include: shovels, reaping machines, concrete mixers ....
Noise popularity of certain types of construction machinery as follows:

Table 3.15: Noise popularity of certain types of construction machinery

                                              Popular noise          Maximum
No                  Means
                                                  (dBA)             noise (dBA)
 1     Bulldozers                                   93                  115
       Diesel compressors with                   75  80                95
 2
       wide rotation
 3     Diesel concrete mixer                     70  75                  85
 4     Trucks with tonnage <3,5 ton                85                     103
 5     Trucks with tonnage >3,5 ton                90                     105

Noise propagation in the atmosphere depends characteristic frequency
and wavelength. Sound intensity decreased in proportion to the square
of the distance from noise source to the listener. Thus, the noise
generated during construction of infrastructure on the ground does not
affect the population, will only work for the employee directly involved.

d) The effect of vibration.
During this period, the vibrations are determined mainly arising from the
operation of construction machines such as harvesters, drilling
machines .... These devices are the operation will generate a large
vibration. However, construction time is short, the volume of
construction is not large and not focused at the same time so there is no
vibration generated a large impact on workers.

e) Impact on water environment.
• Impacts on surface water environment
During construction: Surface water is affected by activities such as
ground leveling, construction of infrastructure, water and life of workers,


                                        123
the risk of incidents.
When the construction items of the project on ground and surface water
of the area affected by the activities produce waste and waste
generated (waste water and runoff, surface erosion washed by the rain).

• The leaching and surface erosion of the project area
During the construction ground leveling break and reduces adhesion of
this layer should be ground easily washed away. Rainwater runoff
through the construction area will be pulling the items on the solids, dust,
waste environmental impact of surface water. If the estimated amount of
soil during grading washed 1%, the volume of soil being washed away
during construction is 299,510 m3 x 1% = 2995.1 m3.

In addition, during construction also has oil leaks from equipment,
construction machinery, transport vehicles such as trucks, tricked, road
grader, self-propelled roller, dump cars, cranes ... The type of oil leaks
in storm water runoff will flow into the streams causing environmental
pollution. Total construction time on the ground is three years so the
impact of stormwater runoff through the construction area will cause
certain influence to the surroundings. Therefore, the project will
construct stormwater treatment systems to limit runoff pollution to the
environment.

• Domestic wastewater
Due to the volume of large construction, construction time is four years
and will generate a large amount of waste water into the surrounding
environment. Therefore, the project will develop systems waste water
treatment of construction workers. The entire waste water is collected in
septic tanks before being discharged into the environment.

e) The impact of solid waste
Solid waste activities: During this period generated an estimated 60% of
the emissions of all mine employees.
According to the method of the WHO rapid assessment of waste
discharged each day is 0.3 kg; of officers and employees of the mine is
2100 people. So the amount of waste generated daily: 2100 x 0.3 x60%
= 378 kg / day.

Solid waste activities focused at +35 ground, the cafeteria and dormitory.
However the impact of this waste to the environment is negligible if the
remedial measures, minimizing the associated project.

Industrial solid waste typically:
The amount of waste rock from the tunneling process is fundamentally
432,263 tons (about 166,255 m3). According to project design basis, the
amount of waste rock will be planned discharge into open-cast mining


                                   124
pits at the end seam 14. Therefore, the discharge into the planned
landfill would cause less environmental impact.

In addition, industrial solid wastes of the mine also include metal
shavings, the excess material in the repair of machinery and
equipment ... contract will be selling scraps to reduce emissions

Hazardous waste
Hazardous wastes include waste oil and grease, battery failure, wipes
grease, oil, grease and cloth shop in the automotive, mechanical repair
workshops, the acidic and alkaline battery waste regulations; the waste
oil containers ... will directly impact the direction of negative soil and
water.

However, major repair activities in this phase is to hire the company will
ask the contractor to strictly implement the regulations on hazardous
waste disposal.

h) Impact on soil environment
The project uses 4.55 ha land on which the field of industrial and
auxiliary items. Impact to the soil of most mining projects is the change
of use from forest land into industrial land; reduce forest soil properties
such as soil fertility, the workability of soils. However, the project only
carry on the industrial area of the project before so no further
conversion of agricultural land, forest land which the industry.


Solid waste is also one of the causes of changes in soil properties in the
area. Tunneling process basically 166.255m3 discharged tailings, waste
dump to dump the North was planning should not significantly affect the
soil environment in the region.

3.1.3.3. Environmental impact assessment in the operational phase
of the project

a) The impact of dust
• Dust generated during coal underground mining
The activities in the pit also give rise to dust affect the quality of air
environment:
- Blasting, drilling in the process of clearing the tunnels, coal exploiting.
- Coal exploiting, coal and stone transportation in the tunnels.

According to the calculation of annual emissions of dust generated
when blasting in the pit of the Nui Beo coal mine was 4249.3934,655
kg / year. The entire amount of dust generated in the tunnels to great
effect to health workers directly, and will blend into the water in the


                                     125
drains in the furnace increases the concentration of sediment in the
water from the tunnels .

Additionally, in tunnels using advanced network, conveyors and wagon
to transport coal, tailings, materials and equipment so that dust
generated by activities mainly from the coal rakes from trough down the
conveyor belt is also the largest of the stages is relatively small. On the
other hand, in the dry season, low humidity than on the road transport
furnace dust that may arise directly influence the transport workers and
other workers in the furnace.

• Promotion of loading and transportation of coal
Virgin coal brought from the pit to the sorting station, and from the
station to the coal sorting Ha Lam factory with conveyor pipe system.
Therefore, this process generates less dust polluting the environment.

• Dust generated in the sorting
Raw coal is transported from mining areas to the raw coal warehouse in
the sorting areas, and then will be sorted. The process of loading and
unloading of raw coal on the conveyor declaration sieve and dry
screening process will generate a significant amount of dust. According
to the calculations of dust generated by load in the phase of basic
sorting is 420 tons / year, the concentration of dust in the region is
estimated C = 7.61 mg/m3. Coal basic sorting works is arranged in the
space + 35, where is concentrated to many support facilities on the
ground of the mine and other operations personnel to dust arising in this
stage will be the influence large to employees, air environment around
the production area. Therefore, Nui Beo Coal JSC-TKV will invest a dust
system in the bunker and crushing and screening station to minimize
the influence of dust to the surrounding environment.

• Dust caused      contact loading, transporting tailings:
Every year, the amount of dust released into the environment due to
contact loading, transporting around 32,851.99 kg of waste rock. The
transportation road of waste rock from the industrial surface +35 to
dumping grounds is inside of the mine, without residents. So the impact
of dust arising from transport operations should do not affect the
population, only increased levels of dust in the atmosphere around the
route, causing local air pollution.

• Dust arising from the use of fuel for com ustion engines
The amount of dust arising from vehicles and equipment operations of
the Company. However, the operation of these facilities should not
focus, so its impact to the environmental quality of surrounding air is
negligible.



                                    126
b) Impact of gas
• The activities in underground mining production
In the exploitation of the pit: the gas generated mainly by the blast and
natural gas development. According to the calculation of the project, the
amount of explosives used in the project will be 98,823138,620 kg /
year.

CO2 and N2 are the two main gases generated from the blasting
process. CO2 produced after coal mine explosion in a 0.75 kg / kg of
explosives. Thus, the total amount of CO2 will be produced after the
explosion of the mine is 74.117103,965 tons / year. This volume of
gas then is released into the atmosphere with the ventilation system.
Therefore, the spread in the oven will affect people work and if released
into the atmosphere will contribute to increasing greenhouse gases.

Naturally occurring gas in the tunnels of interest is CH4 + H2 gas, CO2.
According to the study of damp areas, Nui Beo coal mine explosion that
contains the (H2 + CH4), CO2 in the study area is the rule as follows:

+ More deeply into the surface topography and the gas content
increasing fire, separate the CO2 increase to depth of about 100m and
then reduced.
+ Along the anticlinal axes and reverse faulting of burning gas
concentration levels than synclinal axis and fracture upon.
+ The northern mine coal seams greater density than the south so the
content of the combustion gases is also higher.
+ As the depth increased levels of combustion air to the reservoir 10, 7
and then tends to decrease.
+ The underlying coal seam gas reservoirs often have high levels of H2
+ CH4 and larger reservoir located above the CO2 they can reverse the
trend.

Based on the findings and gas fields in previous reports show that:
- Forecast of surface down to -150 with the air level I in methane. But
also noteworthy is the accumulation of local place reach Level II.
- From the -150 down to level II by methane gas.
Table 3.16: The amount of CH4 + H2 gas escape into the
environment each year in Nui Beo mine
                                 High natural gas cm3/gkc
     Values
                               CO2                          H2+CH4
Minimum                        0,00                         0,00
Maximum                        4,50                         8,19
Average                        0,42                         1,21


                                   127
Based on the classification of mines in the air supply, resulting in
determining natural gas (CH4 + H2) of the coal seam, the
transformation of natural gas with depth, it is predicted grouped by level
of mine Nui Beo mine gas in deep level mining as follows:

Fire and explosion gas is characterized by increases in depth, or focus
on the location distribution of the anticline, so that the exploitation within
the above should take appropriate precautions.

For passed process of Nui Beo underground mining the company will
ensure the constant regime of gas measurement, ventilation to prevent
gas explosion incident, poisonous gas by the local accumulation of gas
caused.

• The production on the ground
The operation of the internal combustion engine and the vehicles on the
premises will give rise to emissions of environmental pollutants.
According to scientific research on the effects of these gases to human
health, shows that the gas is only affected when a large instantaneous
concentration. However, according to measurements of other coal
mining units showed immediate concentration of this gas in large
environments and is often much lower standard allows. Therefore, the
impact of this gas to the health of people and animals is negligible.
Therefore, the gas is only affecting the atmosphere, increasing
concentrations of greenhouse gases.

c) The impact of noise
The noise generated mainly by the operation of drilling and blasting in
underground mining, transport equipment, machinery, grading, sorting
equipment.

-Noise due to drilling with portable drills compressor noise is usually
from 80  90 dBA. The drilling in the ovens for it to have high noise
levels, but mainly to the direct impact of drilling. The drilling is only
carried out 3 hours in a shift to the impact on workers at the drilling is
allowed (according to TCVN 3985-1999 stipulate the levels of noise at
work is constantly 8h 85dBA, 4 hours continuously, the permitted noise
is 90dBA). On the other hand, noise in the oven will decrease with
distance, so the remote areas of drilling activity will be less affected by
noise from the drilling.

- Noise due to blasting in the ovens for a relatively large range from
100110 dBA. However, in accordance with safety standards when
blasting workers must stand in place provisions, so the effect of noise
caused by blasting to employees is not large.


                                     128
 - Noise generated by the operation of the machine levers, cars in
production premises, yard waste: According to actual measurements in
coal mines showed that when the heavy vehicles movements will
generated from 75  90dBA noise, but noise decreases with distance.
Noise sources are often a source of mobile so the incidence is 30
meters from the noise sources along the route. However, the transport
route tailings are located within the boundaries of the mine and no two
people should have no impact on the surrounding population.

- The noise arising from the resorting screening device: The resorting
screens often generate noise. In some existing screening plant in the
company than the noise measured regularly at 7383 dBA. Noise
levels still meet the requirements of the Vietnam standards TCVN 3985-
1999, allows the employee regularly working 8h/day. This large noise
level only affects the direct labor in the region. To assess the incidence
of noise to surrounding residential areas to apply noise reduction
formula under the actual distance from the source of noise (D) is
defined as follows:
L = 20log {(Do / D) 1 + a} (dBA)
Among them:
a is the terrain factor, a = 0
Do: is the distance used to determine the sound for characteristics of
noise sources, usually taken with a 1 m for the point source.
D: is the distance calculated from the reduced noise level noise sources.

Surrounding residential area closest to the noise source is: D = 100m,
the noise reduction level L = 20log (5 / 100) = -40 dBA. When the noise
generated at the source of 83 dBA is the noise level measured 100
meters is 43 dBA (meet the Vietnam standards TCVN 5949-1998; 6h-
18h; residential areas intermingled with areas of trade, services,
manufacturing). Thus, the noise from the sorting area does not affect
the surrounding population.

- The noise arising from mechanical repair shops: This area should work
no more noise from the machines here do not generate major
disruptions and so affect the employee were not significant.

d) The effect of vibration
During production, mainly due to vibration generated drilling - blasting
(vibration) and the machines in the sorting and transport.
The vibrations generated during blasting is great and greatly affect the
environment, landslides and earth cracks in the radius of 300500 m
and affect caused workers' organizations do not maintain a safe
distance by procedures and regulations for explosives. In conducting
the debt the company has calculated, detailed study to select the


                                   129
location of blasting that the effects of vibration to the geology of the
region to a minimum.

Vibration arising from operation of the sorting equipment, transportation
and grading: The maximum vibration measurements are in fact
concentrated in the sorting area. This area is usually high due to
vibration of continuous operation of the device vibrating screen,
conveyor feed ... (24/24). Therefore, staff members working in the area
often affected by vibration. However, vibrate only work is local in the
sorting does not affect other production areas.

Vibration caused by the transport means leveling not great and not
focus so the impact on the environment and humans is small,
insignificant.

e) Impact on water environment
• Wastewater from the process of tunneling, exploiting coal, coal
transportation in the ovens
Because the oven is dug straight seams towards the slope leading to
changes up and down tunnels, has the flue valley between two steep
peaks, water is not flowing. For the drainage area was forced by the
local pumps.

To get water for the condensation in the furnace along the reservoir is
estimated that each position arranged a condensation pump, water
pump in the plumbing of the gutters can position themselves on the
underground water flow at the center -140 and - 350 at the station to
pump the well water pumped into the central courtyard of industrial
space at +35.

By design of the project, the entire water to escape during mining of Nui
Beo coal mine is 1155  1461 m3 / h, conducted on the -350, then
pumped up to the ground.

According to Table 3.11 Section 3.2.1.2 shows that the quality of
wastewater pits forecast slightly acidic, iron content, manganese
exceeded standards QCCP, other monitoring parameters reaching
QCVN 24:2009 / BTNMT type B. Therefore, the sewage pit of the
Company will be treated before discharge QCCP into receiving the
stream Ha Tu.

• The production on the ground

On the industrial ground +35 there will build a coal plant ready for
sorting before transfering to the Nui Beo coal sorting plant, the storage
of raw coal, the charcoal-finished products warehouse, and support


                                    130
     facilities such as group bathrooms, laundry, dining and other auxiliary
     production facilities ...

     Therefore, when the project comes into operation it will give rise to
     effluent (waste water, industrial wastewater, due to the activities of the
     workshop, storm water runoff through the area containing coal and coal
     screening) and solid waste can affect the quality of surface area water.
     The degree of this impact is not great, because the mine has the
     wastewater treatment system mining, oil processing and waste water
     treatment, reaching standards in Vietnam.

     - Domestic wastewater
     Total daily water volume, , when the project comes into operation, is
     200m3/day-night. Therefore, the amount of waste water generated,
     calculated as 80% of supplying water, respectively:
     80% x 200m3 = 160 m3 / day (2,100 people)

     Domestic waste is generally divided into gray water and black water:
     - Gray water is water bath, the water of the kitchen (3 / 4 volume);
     - Black water is water collected from the toilet (fourth volume).

     According to the design of water projects, water of the toilets will be
     collected and treated at septic tanks built underground restrooms. After
     storaging for some time, it will be transfered by the environment
     company to treatment. Therefore, only 3 / 4 of waste water through
     sedimentation manholes temporary and not thoroughly treated will have
     an impact on environmental quality of surface water.

     Standard 20 TCN - 51 to 84 can estimate the concentration of pollutants,
     which will be put into streams without treatment system as shown in
     table 3.17:
     Table 3.17: Content of pollutants in wastewater into the stream
     (without mitigation measures) standard 20 TCN - 51 – 84

                                               Concentration of
                            Wast volume          pollutants in        Vietnam
                           (kg/day-night)         wast water         standards
TT       Pollutants
                                                    (mg/l)        14:2008/BTNMT
                                                                    (column B)
                          Min      Max         Min     Max
1     Solids                105     115,5      656,3    721,9            100
2     BOD5          of
                           52,5       63       328,1    393,8            50
      deposited water
3     N-NH4+               14,7                 91,9                      -
4     Phosphorus           3,57                 22,3                     10


                                         131
As Table 3.17 shows that the quality of domestic wastewater forecasts
to pollute parameters TSS, BOD, total nitrogen, total phosphorus,
coliform. Therefore, domestic wastewater will be treated by the
company, reaching standards, before being discharged into the
receiving streams, which is Ha Tu.

- Stormwater runoff
The total surface area of the field of industrial production as calculated
by the project are: 45.500m2. The average annual rainfall of Hon Gai is
about 1619 mm / year, the highest rainfall in the region a day is
stormwater runoff on the ground only about 2% of the ground water gets.

Rainfall runoff through surface of Nui Beo coal mine production around
147,329 m3.

In stormwater runoff through surface of production areas often have
high solids content (from 1000 ÷ 1500 mg / l), also contains oil and
grease. If the estimated solids in stormwater runoff flowing through the
ground of Nui Beo coal mine production is 1500 mg / l, total solids into a
stream in the Ha Tu will be 220.994 T / year.

Through calculation shows that if no remedial measures to minimize
and solids will be included in the stream, causing sedimentation of
streams, while reducing the possibility of automation of the streams,
increased water pollution in streams . In addition, storm water runoff into
streams also many other pollutants. Ha Tu stream flow is receiving most
of the solids, oil and grease from stormwater runoff over the total
surface mines.

The amount of stormwater runoff on the project's land area is calculated
by the formula:
Qmua = q x C x F
(The formula applied in Vietnam's construction standards TCXDVN
51:2006)
Where:
q: intensity of precipitation calculations (l/ngay.dem/m2);
C: coefficient of flow;
F: area of interest (m2).
- Maximum rainfall in one day in the region is 195 mm (l/m2);
- Permeability of the ground is 0.3 (the standard construction TCXDVN
51:2006);
- Total area of the construction area is 45,500 m2.
Results calculated as follows:
Qmua = 195 x 45,500 x 0.3 / 1000 = 2661.75 m3/day.




                                   132
• Impacts on underground water
Environmental impacts of groundwater in the region mainly due to the
tunneling, mining in the aquifer T3nr-hg and built on ground, impacting
Quaternary aquifer (Q). It calculates the average hourly water pump at
Nui Beo mine around 1305 m3, so there will be certain impacts to
groundwater in mining areas. In other words, the pumping of water in
coal mines to reduce the underground water table. Besides the
exploitation of coal will also increase the pollutants in the aquifer.

To assess the incidence of lower regional water tables we apply the
formula of calculating the radius hopper Kusakin lower water levels as
follows:
R = 2 x S x H .Ktb
Where:
R: radius of the hopper lower water levels calculated by Kusakin.
KTB: coefficient of permeability of the lava reservoir stratigraphy: KTB =
0.0260 m / ng. Kmax = 0.1265 m / ng.
H = S: water column at the address level, take H = S = 410m (deep
mining).

With the distance of the radius of lowering the water table 2.677m will
affect the water table surrounding residential areas. However, the water
aquifers narrow and low levels of water-rich whereas the current
practice in residential areas surrounding the mine does not use
groundwater for daily life (use clean water of Halong City) impact should
be assessed is not to tell.

g) Impact of solid waste
Total waste generated in a day when the mine operated stable is 378 kg
/ day. The waste, if left in areas such as watershed area, environmental
sensitivity; not be collected and processed will be the source of mineral
water pollution in the region: increased content of organic matter in
water, causing eutrophication affects the lives of aquatic organisms,
clogging the flow leads to many other effects. +35 Premises where solid
waste generated great activity, by focusing the activities of employees:
restaurants, offices ... Therefore to implement measures to collect,
manage and thorough handling of this waste to avoid contamination.

Industrial solid wastes typically generated in the production process
including: tailings of the process of tunneling, waste acid rock,
equipment, old equipment failure, sludge from wastewater treatment
process .. . Project calculates the amount of waste rock generated
annually in this period is 90,000 T / year. Tailings disposal will be from
low to high. The impact of tailings will alter surface water quality caused
by stormwater runoff into soil and streams. However, the survey found
that the distance from the discharge area streams Ha Tu is quite remote,


                                   133
so the impact of the tailings is not there.

- Annual amount of sludge from wastewater treatment system is not
great (the mine has a tank water to concentrate and settle before
pumping up the ground). With a processing capacity of 1753.2 m3 / h,
concentration of TSS of 100 mg / l, per day wastewater treatment
system discharged approximately 3.5 tons of dry sludge. Sludge is
mainly slurry, so the mine can be reused or provide disposal of solid
waste along with mine.

Hazardous solid waste including waste oil and grease, battery failure,
wipes the grease, the grease from the oil separator tank system
mechanic shop ... This is one of the hazardous waste characteristics of
the mining industry so the company will take measures to manage such
(hazardous waste collection, rental units to handle functions ...) to
reduce the impact environment.

h) Impact on soil environment
During this period the environmental impact of land mainly due to
wastewater and stormwater runoff on mine surface. Coal mine waste
water usually has low pH, total suspended solids and metals Fe, Mn
high. If water is not treated before emptying into the basin may alter soil
properties in the region, changing the soil pH, increased concentrations
of metals and nonmetals dissolved in the land, especially land along the
stream Ha From where to receive this stream.

The process of mining waste tailings 90.000T/nam cause certain
impacts to the region to receive tailings. Therefore, when investing in
the project it were calculated to minimize the land area used as
dumping grounds. However, the investor will continue to research
solutions to minimize the impact of waste water, solid waste, waste rock
to soil, carried out renovation and restoration of the environment,
returning the area land use at the end of the project.

3.1.3.4. Invironmental Impact Assessment in the period ending
mine

a) The impact of dust
Dust generated during this period mainly due to the active ground
leveling, rehabilitation of waste dumps. Download the amount of dust
generated at this stage depends mainly on the volume of grading and
earth and landfill rehabilitation. To limit the volume of work in
rehabilitation of waste dumps, the company will conduct planning and
yard waste disposal in accordance with design to reduce weight and cut
floor ground leveling. Therefore, the amount of dust generated by the
landfill will not improve significantly. On the other hand, dumping areas


                                     134
are located far from residential areas it should have a temporary impact
on the environment surrounding air and the employees directly in the
time of the renovation and complete territory.

b) Impact of gas
The gas generated mainly by the operation of construction equipment
using internal combustion engines. However, the time of the renovation
complete for short, the equipment should be raised at least a small
amount of gas generated, not significant. On the other hand, the gas is
spreading rapidly in air and measure the instantaneous concentration is
not large, does not cause much impact on nearby residents, but affect
the quality of ambient air environment and atmosphere.

c) The impact of noise, vibration
Period ending mining has mainly the operation of vehicles, graders.
However, the number of vehicles and machinery at this stage is not
large, and the area to conduct renovation and grading are all located
within the boundaries of the mine should not affect the surrounding
residential areas.

d) Impact on environment
In conducting closure activities: grading fill the cracks on the ground,
built in. the door ... the environmental impact of surface water is mainly
due to storm water runoff through the industrial field.

Rainwater runoff through surface area of the oven doors will contain
residues, garbage, organic matter produced by the decay of vegetation
on the ground. However, during construction and operation of the
project we have small wast-water-ovens, the surface water drainage
systems, embankments to protect streams and embankments to protect
the ground so the impact of stormwater runoff to the system of springs
surface is significantly mitigated.

e) The impact of solid waste
The impact of solid waste at this stage is negligible due to the activities
of the project has stopped, only the work of grading, environmental
rehabilitation in the landfill; works at the premises can be used for other
projects or scrap the contract.

g) Impacts on soil environment
Stage after 32 years of exploitation, the tunnels will be shut down filled
inserts prevent land subsidence in the area. Depending on where the
next goal in the field of industrial premises of the building will be utilized
to remove or return the ground implementation of environmental
rehabilitation, re-landscaping the area.



                                     135
     Table 3.18: The scale of the project impact on the environment

                                  Impact
No        Impact factors                                     Impact Range
                                   time
1      Dust
       During       grading                   in the field boundaries, mainly at +35
       operations        to       3 years     industrial space, warehouse space
       prepare the ground                     mines 5T, ground support areas
       During production                       in the mine boundary
       Building        and
       exploitation in the                    + Air environment in the tunnels,
       pits                                   directly affect the health workers
                                 30 years
       Production on the                      Industrial space on the ground: sorting
       ground                                 plant, raw coal storages along the route
                                              to transport coal from mines to the
                                              consumption.
       At mine ending                         at the pit opendoor area, waste dumps
                                  <1 year
                                              and mine boundary
2      Gas
       - During grading
                                              Impacts on the atmosphere: increasing
       operations          to
                              3 years         concentrations    of     greenhouse
       prepare the ground
                                              substances
       surface
       During production
                                              in the tunnels, transport routes and the
       Building         and
                                              impact of waste rock to the Earth's
       exploiting in ovens    30 years
                                              atmosphere
       Production on the
       ground
       At mine ending         < 1 year        Impact the Earth’s atmosphere
3      Noise, vibration
       - During grading
                                              In    mine     boundary,     mainly     at
       operations          to
                              3 years         construction of industrial surface, along
       prepare the ground
                                              road for transportation of material
       surface
       During production
       Building         and 30 years
       exploiting in ovens                    In the mining tunnels
       Production on the                      On the industrial surface, beside
       ground                                 opendoors of pits, works of production
                                              and on roads of coal transporation to
                                              consumption.
       At mine ending                         On the surfaces beside opendoor of
                                 < 1 year
                                              pits, mining areas, wast dumps
4      Domestic          wast
       water

                                             136
                               Impact
No       Impact factors                                  Impact Range
                                time
      During         basic                 Ha Tu stream, near the focus of
                               3
      constraction                         wokers’s activit
      - During production      30          Hà Tu stream
5     Rainwater runoff
      - During building
                               3            Hà Tu stream
      onthe ground
      - During production
                               30
      on the ground
      At mine ending           >1 year
                               after the    Hà Tu stream
                               end
6     Wast water
      - From tunneling,
                               >30
      coal exploiting and                   Hà Tu stream
                               years
      after mine ending
      - From                   30 years     Hà Tu stream
7     Solids wast
      -              During
      construction,                        +35 surface, 5 tons explosives store
                               3 years
      installation        of               surface
      equipment,
      - During production      30 years    In the mine boundary
8     Normal industrial        >30
                                           Surface +35
      solids wast              years
9     Dangerous solids         >30
                                           Surface +35
      wast                     years
10    Impact
      underground water
      Leveling, building on                In the mine boundary
                               3 years
      the ground
      Tunneling, building                  In the mine boundary
                               30 years
      on the ground
      Ending of mine           Many        In the mine boundary
                               years
                               after

     3.1.3.5. The impact of the project to resources and ecosystems

     a) Mineral resources
     Coal is a non-renewable resources, so coal mining will cause a decline
     in reserves of the resource. The coal mining in general are affecting the
     reserves of the country's resources. However, the deployment project of
     Nui Beo coal mine operators to apply advanced technology will reduce
     the rate of coal loss and increase efficiency, the value of this resource.

                                           137
b) Impacts on forest resources
Forest resources are types of resources capable of regeneration.
Forests are not only the basis of economic development but also to
keep the ecological function is extremely important to participate in the
regulation of climate, ensure the flow of oxygen and other basic
elements of the planet, maintaining stability and fertility of soil, reducing
the severity of devastating natural disasters, conservation of surface
water and ground water, reduce air and water pollution. However, the
region plans to build in the Nui Beo coal mine located in the area of Nui
Beo Coal JSC - TKV and in the whole area of mining and manufacturing
projects there are no forests, so when the project goes to operate, it will
not affect the forest sector.

c) Impacts on ecosystems
Ecosystems in areas not so original as the original work has many years
of coal mining. Forest plantations are mainly man-growed, there are
almost no animals, only the domestic animals. However, due to air
pollution in mining areas will affect the growth and development of
plants in mine boundaries and surrounding areas.

Aquatic ecosystems at various water flow from springs in the area on
the strong seasonal changes. In fact, the water quality of area streams
have low pH, that why animals in this area have low levels of diversity.
Ha Tu Spring water is the source of wastewater receiving from many
coal mines, so it has a poor water quality (lower pH, high turbidity,
content of substances in the water change). Spring water is so polluted,
that why the viability and development of aquatic organisms is very low.
Water pollution reduces a biodiversity in streams. If waste water from
the project operators have no way of processing before being
discharged into streams, it will contribute to the reduction of biodiversity
in streams, which is already poor. Therefore, the ecosystem is affected
indirectly from the activities of the project.

In addition, rain washed rocks, dirt clogging the stream flow, improve
the bottom waters to change the living conditions of many aquatic
species, and can make them go away, and as part increasing variety of
anaerobic organisms.

3.1.3.6. The impact of the project to the surface topography
The surface topography of the mine will now be affected by the activities
producing waste and non-producing waste. However, these impacts by
mining activities is not large because of not using more surface area.
The activities of the project, such as leveling space is limited, as in the
impact of land mentioned to change the surface topography from the
preparation of the exploitation of the project is negligible.


                                    138
3.1.3.7. The impact of the project to the economy - social - cultura
   a)     The impact of the project to the region socio-economic
          sector

* The positive impacts
When the project goes into operation it will contribute to increase coal
supply for domestic and foreign markets, reduce energy shortages in
the country, contributing to the state budget and local levels in various
sources:

- land, royalties, corporate income tax ...
- Environmental protection fees, wastewater fees ...
In addition, the project will ensure the life of the existing staff of the Nui
Beo Coal JSC - TKV, create new jobs for workers.


The negative impact
Investment in construction of the project and put the project into
operation will use a large workforce (2,100 people) which will change
the labor structure in the region. However, when high labor workforce,
the demand for recreation increases led to the development of this
service, the social evils which are also increased.

b) The impact of the project to cultural works
In the region surrounding the project there is without any historical or
cultural works, thus the project put into operation there will be no
cultural works in the areas affected.

c) The impact of the project to the quality of life
Quality of life is assessed using the HID, expressed by parameters such
as age, education level and income. However, the index on the
quantitative assessment only of the country, to assess the quality of life
of a community we use belowing parameters

• Impact on quality of life of employees
To assess the quality of life of workers due to the impact of the project
we only use qualitative methods and the use of other relevant
parameters such as the health care, the level of awareness, income and
infrastructure conditions giving life for evaluation.

* The health care
As the impact assessment shows that the working environment of staff
will be affected by dust. Dust, the factor impacts the health of workers,
causing respiratory diseases, dermatitis; the toxic affect health workers
without precautions and care health.


                                     139
However, during the mine design it was calculated to work as ventilation
and suppression of dust in mines to reduce dust and gas generated
affects the health of the workers in the pits. On the ground surface
mines in the region +35 we will build an anti-dust system in the sorting
factory so the impact of dust to officers and employees are limited. In
addition, the staff also has the health care regimen regularly to detect
early disease.

In addition to primary health care by the mine, the staff members are
olso cared by the health center of the coal industry with full medical
equipment and doctors, who have all functional experience. Thereby,
that health care for workers, when the project goes into operation, quite
well.

* Level of understanding
When the project comes into operation it will need 2100 staff members,
so in addition to current staff of the company we will use more workers
from the local region.

At the request of the work, the knowledge base as mine safety, mining
process, manufacturing ... will be training for all officers and employees.

The local workers after recieved into the mine will be informed in the
common medical knowledge, technology and sense of teamwork,
environmental protection ... so the perception will change and increase
when compared to agriculture and forests, or to small businesses.

* The income and terms of infrastructure
The number of skilled workers will have relatively high income, and new
recruited workers, especially local workers, also will have big changes in
income compared to other jobs in the region. Average income level of
the wokers in the coal industry is quite high compared to income from
agriculture and forests.

When the project goes into operation, works of infrastructure facilities
for workers will to build and renovate and upgrade:
- Housing for officers and employees;
- The cultural house for workers;
- Dining-hall;
- Power lines, water lines, communications.

The amount of clean water provided to workers and staff will be
supplied from wells and systems of its filtration to ensure quality for use.
Through the above assessment results show that the quality of life of



                                    140
staff when the project goes into operation quite well.

• Impact on quality of life of the community
Quality of life of the community's of local population was also assessed
based on analysis of criteria: infrastructure, the proportion going to
school, life and living.

When the project goes into operation it will create jobs for local
residents: business services, miners ... So, it will enhance the living
standard for local residents. Also, the mine and the Vinacomin Group
will coordinate with local organizations to build and upgrade roads,
especially roads linking the mine to residential areas and roads with
vehicles of the mine passing through. So, it will create favorable
conditions for development of local economy: the circulation of
commodities, improvement of living standard for residents.

The living conditions and infrastructure are improved, but overall quality
of life does not increase much if no measures to reduce pollution and
limit traffic accidents on a transport route to places of consumption.

3.1.3.8. Assessment, risk forecasting, environmental incidents
To predict the risk of breakdown of, when the mine goes into operation,
it should be based on multiple results analysis and assessment of
current situation and structural geology, mining methods, studies on the
region's gas fields and based on reports of the risks incident occurred in
the region and surrounding area of the mine.

a) The risk of landslides and rock, cracked soil.
According to geological research of the project area it showed that:
- Coat of Quaternary sediments with a mess: sand, gravel, gravel and
contains silt, clay ... so weak level mount pleasant effects of aggressive
activity, cell wear and become less stable. Risk of landslides in the
buildings on the surface and the vertical well construction is possible.
Therefore, when carrying out construction work, we need to strengthen
measures to ensure the foundation of works to avoid the influence of
regional geological structure.

b) incident on the water explosion
Problems of water explosion often occur in the following cases:
- The above reserves have been exploited, surface topography has
been cracked.
- Exploit the area near the furnace, rainy springs.
- No additional exploration plan to determine areas to avoid water-
mining platform.
- When blasting in mining areas.



                                   141
The impact of the platform furnace: furnace collapsed, endangering
people and equipment.

So when mining at Nui Beo we need research to determine the risk of
water explosion and its platforms likely to happen in the future for
effective prevention measures.

c) The problem of gas explosion
Naturally occurring gas in the tunnels of interest is CH4 + H2 gas, CO2.
According to the study of Nui Beo coal mine, the scale of explosion that
contains the (H2 + CH4), CO2 in the study area is in the rule as follows:
+ More deeply from the surface topography, the gas content increasing.
Separately the CO2 increases to depth of about 100m and then reduced.
+ Along the anticlinal axes and reverse faulting of burning gas
concentration levels than synclinal axis and fracture upon.
+ The northern mine coal seams greater density than the south so the
content of the combustion gases is also higher.
+ As the depth increased levels of combustion air to the reservoir 10, 7
and then tends to decrease.
+ The underlying coal seam gas reservoirs often have high levels of H2
+ CH4 and larger reservoir located above the CO2 they can reverse the
trend.
Based on the findings and gas fields in previous reports it shows that:
- Forecast of surface topography with the air level I -150 in methane.
But also noteworthy is the accumulation of local place reach Level II.
- From the -150 down to level II by methane gas.

Characteristics of the mining always come with the fire escape of gas,
toxic, such as CH4, CO2, CO very easy to cause problems or dangers
of choking gas fireplace fire.

During the exploitation of some mines the fire explosions were occurred.
The fire in the mines itself is related to three factors: the chemical
sensitivity, air flow and the accumulation of gases. Because carbon is
the basic component of coal, fire wood and other materials in the mine,
so the origin of the fires burning are carbon deposits. Due to the mutual
effect of carbon, water vapor and gases together in the absence of
oxygen will produce methane gas and release energy. So, mine fires
often cause very serious consequences.

Methane gas explosion incidents often occur repeatedly explosion (it
brokes and exploits again in the same location). This phenomenon is
explained: When the temperature of explosive methane gas explosion
at the center increased dramatically as the gas expands rapidly,
creating a very small pressure at the center of explosion. So, after the
explosion due to the pressure difference between the center and around


                                  142
the explosion, the gas will be drawn into the center explosion. Methane
gas is so flexible it first accrued interest, with pressure and high
temperature explosive methane once again Monday. The phenomenon
continues to explode at the end of methane or oxygen concentration in
the reduced blast not enough explosions.

The reaction of methane can explode changes as follows:
CH4 + 2 (O2 + 4N2) CO2 + 2H2O + 8N2 + Q (1)
In the absence of oxygen:
3CH4 + 5 (O2 + 4N2) 2CO + CO2 + 6H2O + 2NO2 (2)
According to equation (2) in the absence of oxygen after the explosion
on CH4 3m3 to 2m3 born CO poisoning can cause major poisoning
killed miners.

Nui Beo mine uses underground mining technolog , that’s wh during
the exploitation it needs to regularly ensure the regime of gas
measurement, ventilation to prevent gas explosion incident, poisonous
gas by the local accumulation of gas caused. Also, to ensure the safety
of staff it should have procedures to respond promptly to gas incidents
in the pits.

d) The other risks and incidents
The project uses the technology of coal underground mining, when
carrying coal in the furnace devices used to work in cramped conditions
so more prone to the risk: short electrical fires, exposed electrical ,
discharge, traffic accidents, collapsed reinforcement system and so on ..

In the field of industrial premises and premises of the pit door, on the
dumping of the internal roads and transit traffic there are many of the
machinery, large vehicles, so the risk of traffic accidents can occur. On
the other hand, on the ground +35 there is built a coal sorting plant, so
the risk of occupational accidents is very high here as well if not strictly
follow the production process and labor safety.

3.1.4. General evaluation of project impact

- Environmental impacts of the project include the positive impacts and
negative impacts (synthesized in the table of matrix 3.19). The positive
effects such as impact positively on socio-economic of the region, while
there are negative impacts, affecting people and the quality of the
environment, the ecology of the region should take measures to reduce.

- The impact of wastewater produces great impact on the environment
of surface water, soil, so it should have mitigation measures;




                                    143
- The impact of dust to the atmosphere and affects workers in mines, it
is required mitigation measures;

- The impact arising from emissions, air pollution affects air environment
and atmosphere;

- Problems rock landslides, fire, water stand to affect production and
people;

Also there are effects that requires management measures, to prevent
to limit the impact of the project, such as changing terrain, filling of Ha
Tu stream.




                                    144
        Activities             Basic construction stages                                                            Production stage                                                           Ending of mine




                                         Water supply




                                                                                          Water supply
                        of equipment
                        & installation
                        Construction




                                                                                                                                                             Transportati
                                                                   Activities of




                                                                                                         Activities of



                                                                                                                         equipment

                                                                                                                                      Solids wast




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Restoring
                                                                                                                          Repair of




                                                                                                                                                                                                                     restoring
                                                        Drainage
                           leveling




                                                                                                                                                                            Sewage
                           Surface




                                                                                                                                                                                                  Landfill
                                                                     wokers




                                                                                                           wokers




                                                                                                                                                                                     sorting
                                                                                                                                                    Mining




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  landfill
                                                                                                                                                                                                             Risks

                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Land
                                                                                                                                                                 on
                                                                                   risk
   Impacted subjects
  Quality of water
                         -       -       0              0              -           0      0                  0              -           -            -          0           --       0             -         0          -           -
  surface
  Quality of
                         0       0       0              0              0           0      --                 0              0         0             --          0           --       0            0          0         +           +
  underground water
  Air quality            -       -       0              0              0           -      0                  0              -           -           --          --          0        --           --         -          -           -

  Soil quality           0       0       0               -             -           0      0                  0              0           -            -          0           --       0            --         -         +           +

  Hydrological regime    --      0         -             -             0           0        -                0              0         0             --          0           --       0             -         0         +           +

  Topography             -       0       0              0              0           -      0                  0              0         0             --          0           0        0            --         --        +           +

  Public health          0       0       0              0              0           0      0                  0              0         0             0           --          0        0            --         0         0           0

  Health of wokers       -       -       0              0              0           -      0                  0              -           -            -           -          0        --           --         --         -           -

  Forest resouces        0       0       0              0              0           0      0                  0              0         0             0           0           0        0            0          0         +           +

  Mineral resouces       0       0       0              0              0           0      0                  0              0         0             --           -          0         -            -         -         0           0

  Ecosystem              -       0       0               -             0           -      0                  0              0           -            -           -           -       0             -         0         +           +

  History, culture       0       0       0              0              0           0      0                  0              0         0             0           0           0        0            0          0         0           0

  Economic s -social     0       0       0              0              0           0      0                  0              0         0              -           -           -        -           0          -         0           0

Notes: - Large impacts (--); Medium impacts (-); No impact or negligible impact (0); Positive impact (+).




                                                                                          145
Table 3.19: Levels of project’s impacts to environmental compositions
3.2. COMMENTS ON THE EXTENT OF DETAIL, RELIABILITY OF THE ASSESSMENT
Table 3.20: The level of detail, the reliability of the assessment during construction
                                                            Relia-
No        Assessments              Levels of detail                          Intepretation
                                                            bility
                                  Impact                              load specific quantity of
       Dust arising from a
                                  quantification                      dust generated by time
       process of grading,
                                  Expected Impacts                    and    forecasting     of
 1     tunneling and                                        High
                                  over time                           regional         impact
       transport basic
                                  Forecasting the
       tailings
                                  impact of space
                                                                      quantity     of   specific
       Emissions from
                                  Impact                              emissions        sources.
 2     processing of                                        High
                                  quantification                      detail subjects impacted
       equipment
                                                                      in time and space
                                                                      Forecasting the impact
                                                                      of     space      specific
                                                                      quantity            levels
                                  Impact                              generated noise and
       Noise, vibration of
                                  quantification                      vibration of each device,
 3     equipment,                                           High
                                  Forecasting the                     means
       machines and tools
                                  impact of space                     Forecasting the object
                                                                      and the area affected by
                                                                      noise,           vibration

                                                                      Forecasting the impact
                                                                      over time Cao forecast
                                  Impact                              of     waste     water
 4     Domestic wast                                        High
                                  quantification                      construction activities,
                                                                      waste.

                                                                      quantity of industrial
       Industrial solids          Impact
 5                                                          High      solid waste generated
       wast                       quantification
                                                           Mediu      Average     reliability
                                  Impact
 6     Hazardous wast                                      m          because of qualitative
                                  quantification
                                                                      impacts
                                                           Mediu      Average     reliability
       Impact to soil             Impact
 7                                                         m          because of qualitative
       environment                quantification
                                                                      impacts
                                                           Mediu      Average     reliability
                                  Impact
 8     Working accidents                                   m          because of qualitative
                                  quantification
                                                                      impacts
The results showed that:
• There are five lines of the evaluation, three assessment;
• There are 5 reviews with high relia ilit ; 3 reviews relia le medium;
• An assessment of predicted impacts in space and time.


                                                146
Table 3.21: The level of detail, the reliability of the assessment phase of the
project activities

                                                 Relia-
No      Assessments           Levels of detail                  Intepretation
                                                  bility
     dust arising from the   Impact              High      specific quantity of dust
     coal mining and         quantification                generated by time and
1    manufacturing           Forecasting the               forecasting of regional
     operations at the       impact of time                impact
     ground                  and space
     emissions from the      Impact              High      specific quantification of
     coal mining and from    quantification                emission          sources.
2    vehicles and            Forecasting the               Details of the object is
     machinery on the the    impact of time                influenced by space and
     ground                  and space                     time
     Noise and vibration                         High      specific quantity levels
     of the operations of    Impact                        generated noise and
     drilling, blasting in   quantification                vibration of each device,
3    underground mining,     Forecasting the               means
     transport equipment,    impact of time                Forecasting the object
     machinery, grading,     and space                     and the area affected by
     sorting equipment                                     noise, vibration
                                                 High      forecast mine waste
                                                           water       flow,      the
                             Impact
                                                           parameters are likely to
                             quantification
4    Mine wastewater                                       cause      environmental
                             Forecasting the
                                                           pollution from mining
                             impact of time
                                                           waste

                                                 High    forecast waste water
                             Impact                     flow, the parameters are
     Domestic                quantification             likely     to      cause
5
     wastewater              Forecasting the            environmental pollution
                             impact of time             from waste water during
                                                        production
                                                 High   rainfall forecast traffic
                             Impact                     flow parameters, which
                             quantification             may                cause
6    Rain water runoff
                             Forecasting the            environmental pollution
                             impact of time             from stormwater runoff
                                                        in the production
     Impact to              Impact                      Average reliability level
7                                                medium
     underground water      quantification              due to the compact
                            Impact                      volume industrial solid
8    Industrial solid waste quantification        High waste generated during
                                                        production
     Domestic solid          Impact                     volume
9                                                 High
     waste                   quantification             Determining           the

                                        147
                                                            composition            and
                                                            properties of solid waste
                             Impact               medium    Effects determine the
10   Hazardous wast          quantification                 composition and nature
                                                            of hazardous waste
                             Impact               medium    Average          reliability
     Impact to soil
11                           quantification                 because of qualitative
     environment
                                                            impacts
                             Impact               medium    Average          reliability
     Impacts on mineral
12                           quantification                 because of qualitative
     resouces
                                                            impacts
                         Impact                   medium    Average          reliability
13   Impacts on resouces quantification                     because of qualitative
                                                            impacts
                             Impact               medium    Average          reliability
     Impacts on
14                           quantification                 because of qualitative
     ecosystem
                                                            impacts
                             Impact               medium    Average          reliability
     Impacts on surface
15                           quantification                 because of qualitative
     terrain
                                                            impacts
                             Impact               medium    Average          reliability
     Project’s impacts on
16                           quantification                 because of qualitative
     economics-social
                                                            impacts
     The risk of incidents Impact                 medium    Average          reliability
     ( of rock slope failure quantification                 because of qualitative
17
     incidents explosion,                                   impacts
     gas fire ...)
                             Impact               medium    Average     reliability
18   Working accidents       quantification                 because of qualitative
                                                            impacts

The results showed that:
• There are nine lines of the evaluation, assessment 9;
• There are 8 reviews with high reliability; 10 reviews reliable medium;
• An assessment of predicted impacts in space and time.




Table 3.22: The level of detail, the reliability of the assessment during the project
ending
                                         148
                                                 Relia-
No      Assessments          Levels of detail                     Intepretation
                                                  bility
                          Impact                 High      forecasting the level of
      dust arising from
                          quantification                   environmental      impact
 1   the ground leveling,
                                                           High reliability due to no
     improved landfill
                                                           significant impact
     Emissions from         Impact               High      forecasting the level of
     construction           quantification                 environmental      impact
 2
     equipment and                                         High reliability due to no
     transportation                                        significant impact
      Noise and vibration   Impact               High      forecasting the level of
     from construction      quantification                 environmental      impact
 3
     equipment and                                         High reliability due to no
     transportation                                        significant impact
     Impacts on water       Impact               Mediu     forecasting the level of
 4
     environment            quantification       m         environmental impact
                            Impact               High      forecasting the level of
                            quantification                 environmental      impact
 5   Solid waste
                                                           High reliability due to no
                                                           significant impact
     Impacts on soil        Impact               Mediu     forecasting the level of
 6
     environment            quantification        m        environmental impact


The results showed that:
• There are six assessment;
• There are 4 reviews with relia le; 2 reviews relia le medium;


CHAPTER 4: MEASURES TO MINIMIZE NEGATIVE IMPACTS, PREVENTION
AND RESPONSE TO ENVIRONMENTAL INCIDENTS

Project of coal exploiting of Nui Beo Mine is underground mining. Therefore, the
factors likely adverse impacts on the environment from coal mining operations at
the mine are:
- Change the water table, decreasing water resources, affecting the ecological
environment, landscape, terrain subsidence.
- The stages of sewage pit and wastewater at the workshops ancillary to affect
surface water streams in the region.
- Create a landfill, sorting, transport and consumption of coal, affecting the
atmosphere and land.

For the remedies, reduce environmental pollution the project proposed following
principles:
- Minimize to the fullest extent of the environmental impacts of projects on the
basis of the technology project is expected to apply;
- Due to the nature of the project, the mitigation measures will focus on the major

                                       149
negative impacts of the project;
- The environmental protection measures must be implemented during
construction and operation of the project, and after the project;

The control and reduce pollution caused by waste is carried out by combining the
following measures:
+ Measures to prevent pollution and incident;
+ Technical measures to control pollution and waste;
+ Management measures and environmental monitoring ...
+ The plan to renovate and restore the environment after the project ends ...

4.1 MEASURES TO MINIMIZE NEGATIVE IMPACT

4.1.1. The mitigation measures during project preparation.
Project preparation phase mainly consists of the activities of compensation, site
clearance and resettlement.

The legal basis for land compensation is based on the provisions of the Land
Law 2003 and Decree No. 181/2004/ND-CP dated 29/10/2004 guiding the
implementation of the Land Law promulgated by the Government Decree No.
123/2007/ND-CP amending and supplementing some articles of Decree No.
188/2004/ND-CP dated 03/12/2004 16/11/2004/ND-CP; Resolution No.
84/2007/ND-CP dated 25/05/2007 of Government on compensation and
resettlement when the State recovers land; Circular 14/2008/TTLT/BTC-TNMT
on 31/01 / 2008 guiding a number of articles of Decree No. 84/2007/ND-CP
dated 25/05/2007 of the Government additional rights granted certificates of land
use, land acquisition, implementation of licensing land use, order and procedures
for compensation and resettlement when the state land acquisition and
settlement of land claims and related documents; Decision 1122/2005/QD-UB on
20/04 / 2005, Decision No. 4005/2004/QD-UBND on 04/11/2004, Decision No.
4466/2005/QD-UBND on 01/12/2005, Decision No. 586/2008/QD-UBND on 03 /
003/2008, Decision No. 460/2008/QD-UBND dated 15/02/2008 of Quang Ninh;
the reference number from the compensation and ground clearance of the
project has been implemented on the ward Ha Tu - Ha Long City, the
compensation policies clearance in Quang Ninh apply to investment projects in
Quang Ninh.

The plan for compensation and ground clearance as follows:
Perform statistical measurement to determine each type of land, trees, houses
etc. resistance to compensate for households and units involved.

All Households subject to compensation for site clearance within the influence of
the mining will be the investor plans to build resettlement area.

Project compensation and site clearance and resettlement for households is
done in other project and project owners will make a commitment to protect its
own environment.


                                       150
4.1.2. Measures to minimize adverse impacts during the construction
During this period, the effects that occur mainly in the construction of supporting
facilities on the ground premises and preparing tunneling. These activities will
impact on the environment of surrounding air; expression acting through dust,
noise, toxic gases, surface water runoff and wastewater ...

The positive impact of this period to create jobs for workers, but also cause
negative but negligible impacts to the environment. For the implementation of
measures to remedy environmental pollution will be by the investors required the
contractor to realize.

4.1.2.1. Measures to minimize adverse impacts on air environment
 Activities during the basic construction impacts on air environment with the
ground leveling, transporting of materials and tailings, drilling operations, blasting,
tunneling during the construction of wells and tunneling ovens for preparation. To
minimize the environmental impacts of air the company applies the following
mitigation measures:

Measure 1: Use of water trucks to put out the dust on the grounds and on the
route of transportation of raw materials, waste rock from the construction site.
The spray rate is 1.2 liter/m2 watering frequency to 4 times / day for the dry
season and two times per day for the rain season. Providing transportation of 3
km, the width of the road 10 meters, the area should be sprayed water is 30,000
m2. Thus, water use is 36 m3/ one irrigation, equivalent to 72 m3 and 144 m3 in
the winter dry season.

Measures 2: Provisions of all vehicles carrying raw materials and waste rock
material carrying on, tailings from the site with closed containers, and cover
canvas. It is checked at the checkpoints of the site.
Measure 3: Use wet drilling method to reduce dust at the drill hole.

Measure 4: To create space and level the surface for the project we need drilling
and blasting for rock removal. The project will apply the method of differential
non-electric blasting, combined with explosive little negative impact to the
environment as Anfo, the emulsion should limit the amount of dust and harmful
gases released into the environment.

Measure 5: Use the trucks of still the use life, which is available for inspection
according to TCVN, ensure standards TCVN 6438:2005 and industry 22TCN
307-06 Transportation road motor - Automotive - Love General safety
requirements promulgated under Decision No. 24/2006/QD-BGTVT May 10,
2006 of Ministry of Transport.

Measure 6: Against dust with watering and bag of water hanging in the places
before blasting. This is one of the methods commonly used in the mining industry
for simple, inexpensive and highly effective.

The water bags are made of polyethylene of a thickness of about 0.2 mm carbide,

                                         151
a length of 250 to 400 mm and a diameter of about 25 to 30 mm. The water bags
can cover automatically when filled with water. The cost of water, the water
needed for each time are shown in Table 4.1. Method of filling water or clay
water shown in Figure 4.1.

Table 4.1: Cost of water and water effect

 Water cost for 1
                         0,5     0,8      1,0       1,3      1,5         2,0
 ton of product
  Effective dust                                   70 -      75 -     80 -
                        40-55   55-65    60- 70
  reduction (%)                                     75        80       85




                    3                    2                           1
Figure 4.1: Method of explosives loaded, filling of water and clay
1 - Explosives; 2 - Water; 3 - Clay

Measure 7: Apply water spray methods, to put out the dust during drilling in
tunneling. This solution combines compressed air and water mix to create the
effect of extinguishing dust mist, costs less. Usage: 2 to 3.5 liters / minute per
nozzle.

Dust extinguishing system for the area include:
- Pipeline systems for air, water: 01 (taken from the water supply system,
compressed air drilling operations)
- Mixing the air - water: 05 sets
- Create a mist spray: 05 taps
- Adjusting the air flow, water: 05 sets
Chart principles dust in tunneling by drilling and blasting are shown in Figure 4.2.
                        2         3




           1




Figure 4.2: Schematic principle of dust during tunneling by drilling and blasting

                                         152
1 - The nozzle, mixing chamber and adjust the air, water, 2 - plumbing; 3 -
Compressed Gas Pipeline

Measure 8: Apply the appropriate ventilation solutions for the tunnels during
construction. Dirt wind in the ovens, including dust is sucked out by separate
pipes and clean air are introduced into the furnace to ensure the working
environment for employees working in the ovens. Wind speed can be ensured in
the range 0.5 to 0.7 m / s.

4.1.2.2. Measures to minimize adverse impacts on the water environment
The impacts on water environment during construction, caused by the storm and
rain water runoff and soil entrained contaminants on the site, groundwater
pumped from wells, tunnels during construction , oil from the motors, machines
littered on the works ... The company applies the mitigation measures as follows:

Measure 1: applied to minimize the impact on rainwater runoff. In the field of
industrial space at +35, the project will build the drainage system with the holes
of the rocks. The sewerage system is large in size: 0.5 m x 0.4 m and
sedimentation to deposition hole of size 1m x 1m x 1m, 50m to 01.

Measure 2: To collect and manage possible oil and fuel on the site, minimizing
the leakage and scattered into the environment.

Measure 3: To apply measures to minimize the impact of waste water. Use the
most of existing works, such as dining hall, cleaning the bathroom, toilet at the
Nui Beo Mine, and investment to build more temporary buildings in the process
of building construction. The construction workers are ensured adequate living
conditions. Wastewater from dining house, bathing and washing are collected
through the sewerage system leading to the basin collecting sludge, waste
before discharge into the environment. Toilet waste water is treated by septic
tanks.

4.1.2.3. Measures to minimize adverse impacts caused by solid wastes
Solid wastes generated in this stage is the rock from the excavation, ground
leveling, the waste from the demolition site clearance, waste from construction
workers on construction sites and activities operation and maintenance of
machinery and construction equipment. To minimize and control the impacts, the
Company applies the following measures:

Measure 1: Use the most of land mass to cover training, ground leveling has to
reduce the volume of transport and excavation waste dump from other areas of
fill, grading works.

Measure 2: Moving the rock mass and normal solid material removed to landfill
in accordance with the placement, disposal techniques. Landfill disposal is
layered with high emission levels must not exceed 30m. The slope angle of the
inclined floor surface, be sure the dike system at the edge of landfill to eliminate
the flow of concentrate through the landfill slopes. Yard waste disposal is landfill

                                        153
True North. The discharge will be combined with other companies belonging to
Vinacomin, tailings disposal in the overall planning, rational design, in order to
save space for dumping ground, the principles of waste rock Where the space is
used up and the ground there. Stop the waste to where they study the work of
planting time now to improve the environment in the region.

Measure 3: For materials from the dismantling process will be used again to
build the work of the project or projects in other sectors to reduce waste and save
resources .

Measure 4: For the life of solid waste will be collected and transported to landfill
disposal, the hygienic leveling.

Measure 5: For hazardous waste such as swabs from oil, grease, fuel tanks,
grease, battery failure, brake ... will be collected and stored in the tank, then
contracts with companies function handle hazardous wastes in accordance with
the law.

4.1.2.4. Measures to reduce environmental impacts of land
Measure 1: To perform the construction according to the boundary fields are
level and correctly.
Measure 2: Combine with measures to reduce environmental pollution of air and
water.

4.1.2.5. Measures to ensure safe and sanitary and phytosanitary
Measure 1: Common rules and regulations for safe operations on site. For each
type of machine will have a clear operating procedures and assigned tasks
according to professional qualifications.

Measure 2: Installation of signs, barriers in the region have the possibility of
trouble or danger to people and equipment.

Measure 3: Fully equipped labor protection equipment for workers and to control
and supervise the observance of the protection of workers on site.

Measure 4: take care of accommodation for officials and workers on site to meet
hygiene standards.

Measure 5: Prepare a plan for emergency situations when bad things happen.
Periodic health checks for staff to timely treatment when detected disease.

4.1.3. The measures to minimize adverse impacts on the environment
during production
4.1.3.1. The measures to minimize adverse impacts on air environment
During production, the negative impact of environmental projects to reduce air
includes the effects of dust and emissions generated during production (in the
oven and on the ground), transporting and disposal.


                                        154
a) Measures to mitigate the effects of dust
      * Reduce dust generated in the furnace:
The Company measures used to reduce the dust generated from the pit as
follows:
Measure 1: Implement the ventilation, the wind speed through the oven for less
than 2 m , in the ovens to prepare a 0.40.6 m / s.

Measure 2: Apply water spray - to put out cleaner air during drilling in the oven
for exploitation by means of drilling - blasting. Total oven for exploitation by this
method is the oven for 06. The project will be installed at each furnace dust
extinguishing system 01 markets by means of spraying water - compressed air.
Provide compressed air system is taken from the dust and gas station center.
Chart principles dust in this region are arranged as in Figure 4.1.

Table 4.2: Total volume of supplies and equipment for the stamping market
furnace dust in mining areas by drilling and blasting

         List of supplies &                      Total volume of a
  No                                Unit                             Toatal volume
             equipment                             mining oven
   1   Water pump                  Piece                01                 06
       Gas    and      water
   2                                HT                  01                 06
       pipeline
   3   Mixing machine               Set                 06                 36
   4   Striking                    Piece                06                 36
       Air    and    water
   5                                Set                 02                 12
       adjusting set

Measure 3: Apply the dust with water bags hung in the blast furnace operators
craft fair.
      * Reduction of coal dust from the coal sorting workshop.
The project has prepared a workshop at +35 premises with a capacity 2,000,000
tons coal / year. This is mainly down to a decentralized screening 100mm,
100mm product for the plant-hire Ha Lam, +100 m level is also picking up coal
recovery. However, the operation of the plant in place, the storage of coal dust
will create environmental pollution. Therefore, to minimize the dust generated
from virgin coal storage, workshop area in place, measures the Company shall
be as follows:

Measure 1: Building walls around the bunker and around the plant to prevent the
spread of dust around. Total length of wall: 300m.

Measure 2: Installation of dust with water - compressed air in the region down to
a particular coal region, the area ready ... Water is removed from the water has
been treated by sewage treatment systems, gas from gas stations to supply the
central processing system for extinguishing dust.
                                           155
Table 4.3: Total volume of supplies and equipment for the dust to the
screening and sorting area

    No   List of supplies & equipment           Unit          Total volume
     2 Gas and water pipeline                   HT                 01
     3 Mixing machine                           Set                 10
     4   Striking                              Piece                10
     5   Air and water adjusting set             set                02

As predicted, the sorting area, if no solution can reduce the dust content up to
7.61 mg/m3. Dust with water extinguishing systems - pneumatic efficiency from
85-90% extinguishing dust, so dust of the workshop area of sorting can control
from 0.761 to 1.142 mg/m3 response is TCVSLD 3733-2002 ( 2mg/m3). Chart
principles dust with water - compressed air ready for the workshop area is shown
in Figure 4.3

      Central
    compressor

              Water tank

                                             Conveyor of entering
              water pump

                                                 Coal tank

                 Sorting                                            Sorting




   conveyor
                                                                     Băng tải
                                                                      conveyor
                                                                        bã
         conveyor                                                        conveyor
Figure 4.3: Schematic principle of dust with water - compressed air for sorting
plant

      Measure 3: Installation of high pressure misting system on domestic routes
for transportation of the ship ready. Reduce dust by high-pressure misting
systems: The solution has been applied in both plant selection (Hon Gai Coal
Sorting Plant and Cua Ong Coal Sorting Plant) and the screening area of many
companies in the Group Vinacomin . Through the observation results before and

                                       156
after the installation of misting systems show the effectiveness of this solution is
very good, average 90% reduction in dust generated. Choose the spray nozzle
with the following parameters:
- Pressure nozzle: P = 3.01 kg/cm2;
- Diameter at d1 = 12.5 mm; d2 = 1 mm in diameter;
- Water flow from the nozzle: 0.7 m3 / h.
- Spray area: 9m2.
- Height: 3.5 m.
- Distance between columns: 15 m
The total length of the area method of high pressure spray is 400 m. Thus, the
number of nozzles will be arranged is 27 taps. Map dust by high-pressure misting
system on the road transport industry in surface field is shown in Figure 4.4.
.
    1       2           4

                   3
                   3




                                                                Road



Figure 4.4: Schematic principle of high pressure misting systems put dust on the
road transport industry in surface field
1 - water tanks, 2 - high pressure pump, 3-line plumbing; 4 - column system,
misting nozzles

* Reduce dust generated during transportation and disposal of industrial
premises
During the transportation of coal to consumers and transport, waste rock dump:
Dust generated in the car and loading up on coal transport route to consumption,
from the transportation process from the waste rock prepared at the factory
premises and industrial +35 tailings pit to dump waste in the reservoir 14 East
Wing of opening mine to supply the transportation of 2 km. To limit the effects of
dust, apply the following measures:

Measure 1: To arrange reasonable shipping schedule so that the density of
vehicles running not too dense at the same time.

Measure 2: Maintaining the maintenance of transport, avoiding potholes, and
rocks on the road.

Measure 3: Use the 02 water trucks to put out the dust on the school grounds
and on the route of transportation of raw materials, waste rock from the
construction site. The spray rate is 1.2 lit/m2 watering frequency to 4 times / day
for the dry season and two times per day for the season.
- Irrigated area is 12,000 m2

                                        157
- The volume of irrigation water for 01 times: 14.4 m3/lan
- Volume of water per day: 28.8 m 3 for the rainy season, 57.6 m 3 for the dry
season.
- Water is supplied from the treated water from wastewater treatment system of
the mine pit.

Measure 4: Regulations for all vehicles carrying the waste rock tailings from the
site must have a sealed container, or canvas. Checks at the checkpoints of the
site.

Measure 5: Growing green belt along the route of transportation of rock from
ground yard yard waste industry to reduce emissions of dust and reducing noise
transmission.
- The length of tree belts around the grounds +35: 755 m
- The length range of trees from the landfill +35 grounds: 2000 m
Select trees for planting mangrove leaf density of 2 m / tree. Thus the total length
of 2755 m, of the 1,378 trees planted trees.

b) Reduction of emissions
* Reduction of emissions in flue
Emissions arising from operations and blast furnace and the gas escaped the
coal seams. The company applied solutions to minimize the impact of emissions
as follows:
Measure 1: The Company will apply the method of differential non-electric
blasting, combined with explosive little negative impact to the environment as
Anfo, the emulsion should limit the amount of dust and toxic gas emissions into
the environment.

Measure 2: Apply the technology than by machine com credit cards instead of
blasting, conducted in 02 markets mechanized kilns.

Measure 3: Apply the solution to ventilation for tunnels under the regulations for
the mining of coal and shale.

Measure 4: Equipped with a mask layer of activated charcoal for the furnace,
with a mask layer helps absorb the gases clean breathing air for workers.

* Reduction of emissions from the transportation means on the industrial
ground field
Emissions from production activities on the premises by the combustion of coal
transport logistics, waste rock ... The mitigation measures applied by the
Company are:

Measure 1: Use the car still has the use life is instant registry under TCVN
ensure standards TCVN 6438:2005 and industry 22TCN 307-06 Transportation
road motor - Automotive - Requirements General safety was issued Decision No.
24/2006/QD-BGTVT May 10, 2006 of Ministry of Transport.
Measure 2: Use a fuel with low sulfur content

                                        158
Measure 3: Regular maintenance of vehicles and equipment, machinery and
work in the best condition.
Measure 4: The production level appropriate to the situation focused
overcrowded vehicles operating at the same time in a confined space area.

4.1.3.2. The measures to minimize adverse impacts on the water
environment
During production, water resources affected by storm water runoff, waste water,
furnace, water waste. According to the characteristics of each type that the
Company has options to reduce the group matches. Separation of waste streams
in the project: stormwater, waste water, waste water production has different
characteristics to be separated flow, flow-through system of ditches, canals to
reduce the amount of waste water treated and more cost;

* Measures to reduce the impacts of mining sewage
Waste water from the tunnels of underground mines are concentrated on
pumping level, -140, -350 and then is pumped to the surface by +35 with a
maximum flow of about 1750 m3 / h. Nature of wastewater is expected to be
slightly acidic, levels of TSS, Fe, Mn high. To minimize the adverse impact of
these activities, the project will apply the following measures:

Measure 1: At the -140, -350, building 2 tank, are arranged in a line oven,
separated by concrete walls. The mud and coal deposits will be deposited in this
preliminary. Arranged sludge dredging equipment and dredging mud winch then
poured into containers and transported to the well monoray side, up and into the
chamber on the ground. Measures a key to settling the sludge particles and
coarse coal particles mixed into the wastewater to pretreatment before pumped
to treatment in wastewater treatment systems on the ground field is evident in
measures Legal 2.

Measure 2: Construction of wastewater treatment system with concentrated
mining process technology to meet the type of coal mine waste water.
Power handling: 1750 m3 / h
The parameters to e handled: pH ≈ 5.1, TSS ≥ 338.25 mg / l, COD ≥ 126 mg / l,
Fe ≥ 7.56 mg / l, Mn ≥ 1.12 mg / l; treated QCVN 24:2009 / BTNMT t pe B.
Waste water from Nui Beo coal mine pit is pumped directly to the tank to
neutralize the waste water treatment system. The process of wastewater
treatment technologies pit as follows:

Stabilizing Tank: The function of the tank is stabilized air flow as well as
components in wastewater (pH, TSS, Fe, Mn, COD).
Aeration tank combination chemical neutralization of pH: The stabilizing tank,
wastewater is sent to aeration tank incorporated neutral pH (Ca (OH) 2). The
function of the aeration tank is combined with substances that increase the
neutralized pH to pH 8.2 8.8, adding air to remove iron, COD. Sludge is pumped
to sludge storage tanks.
Mixing flocculation tank: Wastewater aeration tank to lead from the mixing
flocculation tank. The function of the mixing flocculation tank is increasing particle

                                        159
size, deposition process to happen faster.

Round flocculating tank: Wastewater is directed from the mixing flocculation
tank to tank round. Function is circular tank bottom sludge sedimentation tank
and pumps the slurry tank, the water is directed to the intermediate tank. Waste
water tank round after concentration of COD, TSS, Fe ... low.

Manganese filtration systems: Water from the intermediate tank is pumped
through the filtration system with filter material Mn (Mn filter with ion exchange
method). After filtering the water reaches the tank QCVN be directed water. A
stream of water discharged Ha Tu, a treated water supply 2 to supply industrial
purposes.

Tank sludge: sludge in neutralization tank and sedimentation tank is pumped
round the sludge collector. After settling (about 1 day) of sludge will be pumped
into the sludge presses, sludge drying is sent to disposal at the landfill, the water
separated from the pressed sludge is pumped to the neutralization tank
continues treatment.


With the technological process as the system processor to ensure treatment is
the norm and ensure that pollution emission standards under QCVN 24 (B):
2009/BTNMT.




                                         160
Figure 4.5: Diagram of mining wastewater treatment technology for Nui Beo Coal Mine


                                                              Balanced sludge


 Mining waste water
 pH = 5,1
 TSS = 338,25          Ca(OH)2                              PAM, PAC
 mg/l
 COD = 126 mg/l                                                                                                                                       Putting
 Fe = 7,56 mg/l                                                                                                                                        to Ha
 Mn = 1,12 mg/l                                                                                                                                          Tu
                                                                                                                                                      Stream
                      Neutral         Preliminary          Tank of              Circle tank             Pressure filtration
                                      sedimentation        coagulation          of sedimen-
                                                                                                                              Tank reached standard
                      tank            tank                                      tation                   processing Mn        24:2009/BTNMT (B)

                                 Balanced water
                      Aeration   ư                                                                                              Secondary filter
                                                                                                                                system



                                                      Sludge tank                             Sludge stamp system              Clean water for
                                                                                                                               industrial




                                                                                               Sludge buried in
                                                                                               landfill


                                                                                161
* Measures to minimize adverse impacts of wate surface runoff
The measure will be the company applied to minimize the adverse impact of
surface runoff:
Construction of drains around the industrial premises and yard layout with gas
wells on the solution has been applied in the construction phase, construction.
Oily sludge and scum in the gas wells are periodically dredged, skim off. Sludge
disposal will be taken, oily scum is collected and processed with hazardous
waste. The remaining water is discharged directly into receiving.

      * Measures to minimize adverse impacts caused by wastewater from
the repair works
Characteristics of wastewater repair shops is the amount of suspended solids,
high fat content. The solution proposed is to build separate oil tank. Oil
separation tank is built on the principle of separation of the element of light oil on
the rise thanks to the bulkhead under water and the solids settle to bottom. Oil
well and picked the bottom sediment, dredged periodically collecting bins for hire
to handle hazardous waste as prescribed. Separate oil tank structure shown in
Figure 4.6. follows.



                                                Flue


                                       water level
          Entering water
                                     Oil tank                       Water out

                                    Oil seperating
           Usefull
           hight                      Sludge tank



Figure 4.6: Schematic structure of the oil separating tank

The wastewater from the stage of repair about 20 -30 m 3 and an average flow of
2 m3 / h. To ensure separation of sludge and oil removal, waste water should be
stored in separate oil tank from 1 to 2 hours. Selecting a larger tank with a
capacity of 4 m3 meet 02 hours of treatment. The size of the oil separator tank:
1.5 m x 3m x 1.5 m = 4.5 m3. Wastewater treatment to meet air quality standards
are discharged into receiving sources. Oil and grease from the sediment is
collected in containers and treated with hazardous waste.

* Measures to minimize adverse impacts caused by domestic wastewater
Domestic wastewater generated by the operation of cafeterias, cleaning
bathrooms and toilets of the mine. According to the reviews in Chapter 3, of
about 160 m3/day of waste water for the norms to be treated as TSS, BOD5,

                                         162
Ptong, Ntong, grease, coliform. Measures applied by the Company are:
The project will build wastewater treatment systems focus aerobic activity
combined sedimentation and filtration sterilization. According to the diagram in
Figure 4.7 technology.
The specifications of the treatment system:
Capacity: 160 m3/day
Targets to be processed: TSS ≥ 481.25 mg / l, BOD ≥ 262.5 mg / l, total
phosphorus ≥ 14.85 mg / l, total nitrogen ≥ 61.25 mg / l, oil and grease, coliform ≥
8100 MPN/100 ml; Handling reached QCVN 14:2008 / BTNMT type B.
Process domestic waste water treatment:
Domestic wastewater from the mine waste on the premises is conducted on the
system processor.
Separating waste tank sludge Preliminary Domestic wastewater is directed
through the system and preliminary separation of waste sludge stabilizing tank

Stabilizing tank with oxygen supplementation: The function of the conditioning
tank is steady flow of water and provides oxygen to promote the reaction of
organic compounds.
Mixing tank + vertical flocculating tank: Waste water from swimming pools to
regulate the lead to agitation. Here, the wastewater is provided by flocculation
equipment metering pump. Mix well with water after flocculation tank is directed
to stand. In the standing tank, the sludge settles at the bottom and is pumped to
the tank to create micro-organisms. Water in the upper part is directed to the
aerobic reaction tank.
Aerobic reaction tank: In the aerobic reaction tank with added oxygen, organic
compounds containing carbon, nitrogen, phosphorus is removed. Part countries
continue to put into the aeration tank to complete removal of organic compounds
containing carbon, nitrogen, phosphorus. Part sedimentation tank is put on
creating micro-organisms.
Filter System: Water after treatment were included in the mechanical filtration,
adsorption and color contaminants to clean water at a higher level.
System disinfection of treated wastewater is passed through the system with
ultraviolet disinfection to remove bacteria before being discharged into the
environment.
Clarifier sludge: The sludge at the bottom of the tank to create microbes are
taken clarifier sludge. Sludge is pumped in the system with additional mixed
coagulants, then passed through the sludge presses. Dried sludge is sent to
disposal at the landfill, the water separated from the sludge is pumped to the tank
pressure to regulate to continue processing.
Thus, with the above processing technology is workable and consistent with the
technological process and waste water treatment today. Standard output of
commitment to meet QCVN 14:2008 / BTNMT type B.




                                        163
Figure 4.7: Diagram of domestic wastewater treatment technology for Nui Beo Coal Mine


 domestic wastewater
 TSS = 721,9 mg/l
 BOD = 393,8 mg/l
 P = 22,3 mg/l
 N = 91,9mg/l                Aeration            Coagulation                       Aeration
 Coliform =
 8100MPN/100ml


              Tank for      Regulating            Stiring             Stand
              separating                                             wheeling
                                                                                Tank of air           Filtration
              waste         tank                   tank                tank     responding

                                                                                                                       Put to
                                                                                                                       stream
                                                                                                  Chlorinated water    Hà Tu
                                                                                                  reaching standards
                                                                                                    QCVN 14/2008
                                                                                                  BTNMT (class B)
                                Balanced water
                                ư
                                                      Tank of sludge            Sludge stamp system




                                                                                Sludge buried in
                                                                                    landfill


                                                               164
4.1.3.3. Measures to minimize adverse impacts caused by solid wastes

a. For normal industrial solid waste
According to the evaluation of industrial waste is usually discharged from the
acid rock and tunneling operations, sorting coal on the ground. Annual volume
is projected to approximately 90,000 tons / year, and is transported to landfill
disposal in the reservoir 14 West Wing Nui Beo coal mine. The company
applies these measures to minimize adverse impacts caused by solid wastes
as follows:

Measure 1: Transport and collection of solid waste from the tunneling
operation, the sorting operation than in the ground to dump waste in landfill
according to plan, to comply with the disposal of disposal techniques.
Measure 2: Planting trees around the landfill and the landfill area have
stabilized to prevent spread of dust and contaminants, landfill stability.
Select: Company choose to apply the two measures.

b. For solid waste routine
Normal domestic waste is estimated at 630 kg / day. The mitigation measures
include:
Measure 1: Put the trash in the appropriate area of the working parts.
Measure 2: Reuse of waste is recycled as paper, cardboard, bottles, cans,
plastic, food scraps ... to save resources and reduce waste.
Measure 3: Organization of collection and daily routine for each type of waste
for disposal to landfill then the sanitary landfill.

c. For hazardous waste
Hazardous waste generated from mining activities, including the major types
such as waste grease, oil, grease cloth, batteries, waste transformer oil, brake
failure ... The Company will implement measures to reduce least the following:

Measure 1: To register waste management and documentation of hazardous
waste to the Department of Natural Resources and Environment of Quang
Ninh as prescribed in Circular No. 12/2006/TT-BTNMT December 26 in 2006
of the Ministry of Natural Resources and Environment V / v To guide practice
conditions on the procedures for records, registration and licensing of practice,
codes for hazardous waste management; and Decision 23/2006/QD- BTNMT
December 26, 2006 the Ministry of Natural Resources and Environment V / v
ban issue a list of hazardous waste.

Measure 2: Collecting and managing hazardous waste in containers and
stored in warehouses to meet the requirements of fire and explosion leasing
process.

Measure 3: Perform contract hazardous waste to units with full legal
personality and capacity to handle all hazardous waste project.


                                      165
4.1.3.4. Measures to minimize impacts to natural resources, soil and
ecosystems.
Measures to reduce air pollution, water and solid waste described above has
contributed significantly to reducing environmental pollution and land
ecosystems. However, some other measures the company is also applied to
minimize the operating environment and land ecosystems.

Measure 1: Zoning of land of 3.95 ha project to be local facilities for
management and take on responsibility for legal and environmental issues and
Aboriginal completed after the project goes on stream activities;
Measure 2: To avoid the phenomenon of bottles and weathered arid land,
plant projects associated with the renovation and restoration after the mining
waste dump. Depending on the specific conditions can grow plants suitable for
the environment sector.

Measure 3: To strictly control the discharge of solid waste disposed of at the
prescribed place and limit dust generated by large scale equipment and dust
barrier trees, because these factors easily lead bottles to make arid,
weathering and soil pollution of heavy metals in soil;

Measure 4: Restrict the grease from construction equipment to avoid the rain
washed out the surrounding area;

Measure 5: Lead rainwater flowing towards the lake sedimentation is not
certain to run rampant pollution on a large scale.

Measure 6: Propaganda Campaign officials and employees do not harm the
vegetation under the management units used. No hunting of wild animals in
the area ...

4.1.3.5. The remedies Ha Tu stream sedimentation.
The measures proposed to mitigate and overcome Ha Tu stream
sedimentation by the Company as follows:

Measure 1: Ensure all stormwater runoff on the field of industrial premises is
collected in drains and manholes through sediment before flowing into the
stream Ha Tu.

Measure 2: To ensure stormwater runoff on surface flows in the landfill and
must pass certain hole to settle sediment before flowing into the stream (the
design of drainage for the landfill project was set up in master plan for disposal
of Hon Gai approved).

Measure 3: Implement measures to minimize adverse impacts on the
environment mentioned above and conduct periodic dredging systems, canals,
streams Hatu the direct impact of the project to ensuring the capacity of
drainage and protection of aquatic ecosystems.


                                       166
4.1.3.6. Measures to limit negative effects on the environment - economic and
social

a) Measures to ensure public health
The measures are applied:

Measure 1: Implement measures to reduce pollution of natural environment
set in the project;
Measure 2: Regularly check the concentration of CH4, CO, CO2 ..., labor
protection equipment for workers to be risk prevention and risk reduction.
Measure 3: regular health checks for workers to early detection of
occupational diseases from which to take measures in time resolution;
Measure 4: Organization of the labor hours reasonable, suitable alternative
arrangements of the group worker to work permanently in place with high
toxicity;

Measure 5: Communication, education and supervision and monitoring
compliance with procedures and regulations for each position in the productive
labor of the workers.

b) The emergency medical and mining
To prevent and mitigate the incident, the medical solution, the proposed
emergency
Measure 1: Annually mines with training and hold a practice on the work of
emergency fire and mines in accordance with the Group's Coal Industry -
Minerals of Vietnam.
Measure 2: Workers in the pit would be complete learning process, rules and
participate in exercises designed to raise awareness of and ability to practice
in the prevention of fire and emergency mine.
Measure 3: Contact Centre frequently Mine Rescue Group's Coal Industry -
Minerals of Vietnam to promptly notify the emergency information center field.

c) Social Issues of the project area
The social problems of the project area may arise: employment and social
evils ... To solve this problem, the company will combine with local authorities
implement measures to ensure regional political security and limit the negative
in the project area.

d) Other measures
Measure 1: Prevention of fire caused by lightning: On rainy or occurrence of
fire incidents and unsafe work due to lightning strikes occur when the
construction works, especially works substation. Measures to limit incidents of
lightning strike are:
- Installation of all the lightning rods on the important locations of the works
- Landing resistance to ground of the lightning protection system is less than
10 when the resistivity of the soil < 50 000/ cm2 and > 10 when the
resistivity of the soil is > 50,000/ cm2.
- Fully equipped facilities such as fire agreement and the provisions of the coal

                                      167
industry and the authorities for approval.
Measure 2: Problems caused by rain storms: In the mining area can occur
storm lasting several days, in the stream are more likely to generate floods
accompanied by expansion of rock, ice drift damage to the and property. So
when a storm will deploy forces shock prevention and timely resolution of
incidents and drainage ...

4.1.4. Measures to minimize adverse impacts after project completion
To minimize adverse environmental impacts of projects after the end of mining,
the company will implement the mitigation measures on the principle of
compliance with the provisions of Decision No. 71/2008/QD-TTg 29 May 2008
on margin improvement and environmental restoration for the mining activities
of the Prime Minister and circulars 34/2009/TT-BTNMT December 31, 2009
the Regulations on the preparation, approval approval, inspection and
certification of projects to rehabilitate or restore the environment and margin
improvement, environmental restoration of mining activities.

After reviewing the technical conditions - economic fields, company selected
direction of environmental rehabilitation as follows:
- For area clearance fireplace insert markets after the operation. The well
casing is sealed properly inserted and construction of a fence, wall safe for
humans and livestock grazing around the open field.
The work was conducted well gag for:
+ 02 vertical wells are wells of diameter 7 m and 8 m diameter wells side
+ 01 tilt escape the cellar in the wind section 21 m2.
- For work on the mining industry:
Proceed dismantled to return the ground and carried the green trees, with an
area of 4.55 ha.
- To spoil and waste acid:
+ Carrying out the grading and topsoil and planting carried out to green.

4.2. MEASURES TO PREVENT AND REDUCE THE IMPACT DO
ENVIRONMENTAL INCIDENTS

4.2.1. Team Prevention and remediation of incidents
- Form a team to prevent and troubleshooting, coordinating team (staff of the
workshops ventilation) to prevent An organization of the drill incident
prevention and occupational safety, shall set information from the school,
proposed plans and measures to remedy environmental problems.
- Coordinate with regional emergency center Hon Gai coal mines.

4.2.2. The fire control measures methane
According to the principle of exploiting the coal mines as deep as the level of
methane gas in coal seams is increasing, with projects Nui Beo exploited to -
350 so the risk of methane explosion is possible. In addition, the study of gas
in the mine Nui Beo graded II on dangerous levels of methane. Therefore, to
ensure fire safety engineering, investors will actively apply the management
measures and techniques for prevention. The measures are:

                                      168
Measure 1: Follow safety rules and fire pit No. 3539 QD / AT on 8/27/2004;
Measure 2: To comply with safety regulations in the coal and shale mines BC
14/06/2006;
Measure 3: equip all portable fire extinguishers in convenient locations (the
oven door, the fork, bridge underground station ...) and guidance for people
working in the pit using the expertise of the page was on;
Measure 4: Providing adequate fire prevention equipment prescribed for works,
supplies and equipment such as storage, control areas, substations,
generating stations Diesel ...
Measure 5: Regularly check the technical condition of fire equipment for timely
repair and a full complement of tooling required.

Measure 6: Equipment monitoring system and warning of methane
concentration with the air: CO, CH4, O2, H2S ... synchronized automatically to
the room and timely measures. Check regularly to monitor the accuracy and
performance of warning systems and automatic gas shut off equipment when
methane concentrations greater than allowed levels.

Equipment selection system:
Currently focused monitoring system is used a lot in the coal mine pit of the
coal industry has developed as the U.S., Russia, Japan, UK, Germany,
Australia, Ban Lan ... The system has very large effective for the exploitation
and management of safety, contributing to reduced accidents, increased labor
productivity.
Scale mining and technology Nui Beo coal mines, to match the technical and
economic conditions the project chooses to use monitoring system to focus
automatically by computer type KSP-2C to meet requirements set out.

Arrange the equipment of the system:

* Surface.
On the ground observation room is located in the center of administrative
activities, along with other departments, other workshops to facilitate the
conducting as well as contact information, room layout and equipment of
system. Also, in other rooms can be arranged to observe the client machine
remotely via LAN network.
Phone cable system, cable phone connector box with lightning from the
observation room to store extra wells, power supply system for centralized
monitoring and prevention system to address the entire equipment of the
system monitoring.

* In the oven.
Instrumentation includes CH4, CO, wind speed, control equipment status,
contact the power cut Atomat be arranged in accordance with safety
regulations, the cable connecting the phone box, cable system devices
connected to the system and to address local groups to ensure safety for
people and equipment.
Safety regulations based on the principle of the gas sensors as follows:

                                      169
- First measurements of methane (CH4): Put in the oven all the mirrors in the
preparation of training than running, in winds and air clean of all kiln emissions
markets, at the power station and where necessary other.
- Wind sensor: Put in the oven's overall airflow and regional markets.
- First measurements of carbon dioxide gas (CO): Put in the transmission
station conveyor to promptly detect a fire arising from the conveyor system.
- The state-controlled equipment are located in clusters of electrical equipment
or motors of the machine work.
- Low-pressure sensor of the blower fan was installed at the outdoor stations.
- Atomat associated electrical equipment cutting in areas where gas
concentrations exceed preset CH4, in the furnace can not arrange equipment
shall not put the link atomat cutting power.
- For the oxygen and temperature sensors will be added as needed.
Measure 7: Implementation of ventilation in accordance with the regulations,
the fan working 24/24 hours. Ensure good ventilation mode, the station's
stable of fans outside the ground, fully redundant fans follow safety regulations.
Regularly check air flow, gas concentrations in the meter pit with gas CH4
content.

Measure 8: During construction, the absence of a warning system to focus
also must be equipped with warning devices in the mirror a local gas coal train,
the position on the wind emission.

Measure 9: Map prepared by the opened oven door open a terrain surface,
apply the credit method and shock from the border to toxic gases from
escaping easily.

Measure 10: The mining near the old furnace prior to drilling carried by the gas
exploration drill holes to prevent sudden air jet. The tunnels through the mining
area was no longer in use must be sealed to the dangerous gas exploitation in
the region has not spilled into the tunnels are active.

Measure 11: Lighting the kiln when the battery lamps and lamp explosion. The
workers are equipped to save personal comments. The electrical equipment
used in underground mining safety equipment must be explosion. Explosives
used in the furnace is the safety of explosives.
Measure angle of the exit air furnace12: In the local position is greater than
10 waste must apply technical measures for the safety norms (oven-proof
materials against fire, wind speeds greater than 1.0 m / s).

4.2.3. The safety measures by blasting
The Company measures applied, including:
Using the method of differential explosion, explosions create shock waves to
reduce the margin, reduce post-pulse to avoid doing crack and flood the mirror
instability.
Using emulsion explosives and Anfo to reduce toxic gas emissions and
increase the amount of explosives and safety levels.


                                      170
- To arrange appropriate debt passport in order to minimize the greatest
impact of kicked, shocked. Blasting as a passport under the supervision of the
commander and deputy director of blasting of the mines.

- Assignment of mine executive in charge of school work. Making full blast
passport, exactly as prescribed and must be approved by the competent
person. Absolute Executive passport approved.

- Assignment of mine executive in charge of school work. Making full blast
passport, exactly as prescribed and must be approved by the competent
person. Absolute Executive passport approved.

- Compliance with regulations on blasting in the safety regulations in the coal
and shale mines and TCN 14.06.2006 furnished means for labor protection for
workers.

- Regular training classes first aid when an accident occurs in common
situations. Strictly observe the regulations on occupational safety.

4.2.4. Safety measures for fire and explosion.
To prevent fire or explosion should implement the following measures:
- To build a fire water supply system, including water tanks and booster
pumping station fire system water supply pipe for water supply in the oven just
for production, and to supply the fire, along 150 m pipe100 to arrange a fire-
water pumps.
- Always ensure that the system provides fire hydrant and fire hydrant in the
throat condition ready to work.
- Periodic inspection to the explosion of devices in the pit, to exclude
completely bare sparks generated during production.
- Regularly clean coal powder in under a conveyor system, because this is the
exogenous source of ignition due to friction between parts in the transmission
of the conveyor will heat and burn powdered coal accumulation.
- Construction site fire protection forces, and conduct advanced training of
professional fighting.
- Check the use of flammable substances, electrical equipment, the
implementation of safety regulations in production, storage, transport and use
explosives.
- Storage of explosives and the transportation of explosives must comply
QCVN 02:2008 / BCT - National Technical Regulations for safety in storage,
transport, use and disposal of explosives and must be approved by the State
regulators on fire.
- Equipment fire fighting equipment must be calculated in accordance with the
scale of the fire when fire breaks out warehouse.
- To actively prevent and ready to fire effectively when fire occurs, the
Company will cooperate with the police, the MPC plans and fire drills held to
draw experience.
- Regular education and awareness of workers and employees in the fire.


                                      171
4.2.5. Measures to prevent and handle incidents of water explosion

Declaration on the exploitation of mountain streams is only one branch Ha Tu
along the northern border and seam opencast mining pits 11, 14. To secure
the building and coal mining, the project design to their head to protect
streams, stream diversions to prevent surface water flowing into the industrial
field and opencast mining pits, mining road on the floor natural systems will be
designed for groups of floor drains on the waterway operators. The opencast
mining pits are always good drainage, especially in the rainy season, in open-
cast mining pits will be designed sump located far from markets operating
furnace operators, ensure the pump pumps out enough volume countries in
the shortest time. In the area of mining pits used as a landfill will be treated
bed mining pits before disposal.

When exploiting the surface topography to create cracks. So while the
operators will pay attention to avoid water on the oven platform operators.
Some key measures to prevent the following platforms:

Measure 1: Tunnel central pumping system and water tunnels are designed as
safety regulations at the highest level, with full anti-flooding system.
Measure 2: Each year construction plan to resolve the issue on the podium in
order to proactively respond when problems occur.
Measure 3: For the purposes of school as the area rivers and streams flow
through the pillars of coal left to protect. Avoid coal mining in areas near
streams in the rainy season.
Measure 4: drainage ditch on the mountain top mining area below the oven
door as well as most of the rainy season to the flow direction from the mining
area and the oven door.
Measure 5: Regularly inspect cracks, leveling the surface topography due to
mining in order to avoid accumulation of water surface and flow into the oven.
Measure 6: The operators at or near the mining area to prevent water platform,
operators will be arranged in the area of the dry season.
Measure 7: When tapping on the surface topography to create the cracks so
the season to conduct filling them with clay and water far from the top groove
of school.
Measure 8: The oven will transport sewerage to flow out from the oven, make
sure the oven is always dry to transport coal.
Measure 9: The furnace operators at or near the old furnace, to prevent water
platform, which fully updated, to protect their head and drain out the water to
prevent water platform.

4.2.6. The prevention of incidents subsidence, landslides and rock
collapsed kiln
To prevent incidents subsidence, landslides stone fireplace collapsed, the
company will strictly abide by due process of exploitation and measures as
follows:
Measure 1: The reservoir was carried out from top to bottom, the exploitation
of the columns on the floor prepare the journey from the top down.

                                      172
Measure 2: Mobilization of the reservoir, the reservoir area scheduled
exploitation of the pit the top so that mutual influence is minimal.
Measure 3: To coordinate mining pit mix and open space is not the same
exploitation (mining areas). Mining layout before areas not yet implemented
open-cast mining. Opencast mining in the area were mining the period of
stability of rock deformation
Measure 4: mining in the area at the bottom position open pits (water) in the
dry season. Opencast pits were forced drainage during mining. Open ground
pits was completed after the end of mining to ensure safe mining.
Measure 5: Explore the work of the pit open-cast mining to ensure a safe
distance and blast open. During 15 months) forbidden arranged abovethe
period of dangerous distortions (3.8 the opencast mining areas have pit
mining. End 23 months) can opencastof the dangerous strain to finish
moving in time (15 mining above the mining area, but measures calculated
and measured service work will be done according to schedule operators.
Measure 6: Periodically check the surface area and leveling system cracks
and subsidence areas on the field, clearing the gutters peak water diversion
outside of school.
Measure 7: Apply the solution with a full stove insert for fireplace gas
compression market exploit the above is the construction, mainly in the south
and southeast of school.

4.2.7. Landslides in the landfill
Nui Beo coal mine coal by underground mining technology, so the volume of
tailings are not many measures should be selected as appropriate discharge,
the discharge down the correct passport should not pour waste into the
mountain ski incident at the foot of the mine waste dumps are less likely to
occur.


CHAPTER 5: MANAGEMENT AND ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

5.1. PROGRAM MANAGEMENT
Environmental management program applicable to the investment projects on
construction of Nui Beo Coal Mining Company was built on the basis of the
combined operations of the project from project preparation phase, phase
project operation, closure phase; the environmental impact; measures to
minimize adverse effects, cost performance, schedule performance and
completion, and identify the implementing and supervisors implement
environmental management programs of the project.

5.1.1. Environmental Management Program
Environmental management program of the project are summarized in Table
5.1.
From measures to minimize adverse effects on the company chosen in
Chapter 4, integrated portfolio of environmental projects and implementation
schedule is presented in Table 5.2.


                                     173
Table 5.1: Environmental Management Program
                                                                                                       Imple-
                          environmental                                                 Time imple-               Monitoring
No   Project activities                          mitigation measures harmful                           menting
                          impacts                                                       menting                   agency
                                                                                                       agency
1     Phase of basic construction
     - Digging, leveling + Dust                   - water spray extinguishing dust                     Nui Beo    Department
     the ground          + Emissions             on transport routes; Truck                            Coal JSC   of Natural
     - Construction of   + Vibration and         transport promotion and speeds                        - TKV      Resources
     roads and           noise.                  the rules ..                                                     and
     ancillary works:    + Solid Waste:          - Land leveling using yard waste                                 Environment
     buildings, houses - Tailings, discarded     rock industry, road construction,                                of Quang
                                                                                        septic
     for workers, the    building, ...           the rest of landfill disposal in the                             Ninh
                                                                                        During the
     sorting ..          - Waste activities.     North.                                                           province.
                                                                                        3.5 year
     - - Installation of + Wastewater:           - Wastewater basic tunneling,                                    - Ministry of
                                                                                        construction
     equipment,          - Domestic              stormwater runoff must be treated                                Natural
     machinery, sugar    wastewater.             before discharge sludge into the                                 Resources
     water, power for    - water of tunneling    environment.                                                     and
     living and          construction            - Domestic wastewater treatment                                  Environment
     production          - rainwater runoff      by septic
     preparation..
2    Operational phase of the project
     - Blasting          + Dust emissions                                                              Nui Beo    Department
     - Unloading of      + Emissions             - water spray extinguishing dust                      Coal JSC   of Natural
     rock and coal.      + Vibration and         on the disposal routes for             During 30      - TKV      Resources
     - Installation of   noise.                  transportation, down to the area;      years of                  and
     equipment in the    + Solid Waste:          car carrier is promoted and run at     project                   Environment
     oven.               - Tailings, discarded   the rules ..                           operation                 of Quang
     - Depreciation and building, ...            - Tailings disposal is the right                                 Ninh
     coal.               - Waste of human        place regulations (landfill True                                 province.

                                                             174
       - Repair and          life.                  North).                                                     - Ministry of
       maintenance of        + Wastewater:          - Hazardous waste and waste                                 Natural
       equipment,            - Domestic             collected and stored in                                     Resources
       machinery,            wastewater.            accordance with the contract with                           and
       transport ...         - Waste water pits.    functional units for processing.                            Environment
       - Study the           - Waste water          - Waste is concentrated in
       classification of     containing oil         accordance with regulations and
       coal                  production (from the   contracts with companies
       - Transportation of   factory auxiliary)     processing environment
       coal and waste        - Stormwater runoff    - The water is processed through
       rock                                         each separate treatment system
       - Pour wast                                  before discharge into the
                                                    environment.
3      Mine ending phase
       - Leveling and      + Dust.                  - dust sprinkler.                                Nui Beo    - Department
       improving landfill  + Emissions.             - Plant trees to rehabilitate or                 Coal JSC   of Natural
       - Stockings pit     + Noise, vibration       restore the environment                          - TKV      Resources
       doors.                                                                                                   and
       - Leveling surface.                                                              after                   Environment
       - Dismantle works                                                                completion              of Quang
       on the ground.                                                                   of the                  Ninh
                                                                                        project                 province.
                                                                                        conducted               - Ministry of
                                                                                                                Natural
                                                                                                                Resources
                                                                                                                and
                                                                                                                Environment
Table 5.2: List of environmental treatment facilities


                                                                175
       Name of construction                              Implimenting year
 TT
 I     Water treatment works
       Construction of surface drains and waste water    from the first year
 1
       produced in the first plane to +35jnnm            to 4th year
       Construction of wastewater treatment systems      from the first year
 2
       include centralized wastewater pits and sewage    to 4th year
                                                         from the first year
 3     Building the collection tanks, oil separating
                                                         to 4th year
                                                         from the first year
 4     Dredge the streams in the mine area
                                                         to 4th year
 II    Environmental air handling
                                                         from the first year
 1     pipes, sprinklers put oven
                                                         to 5th year
       Vehicles watering dust during transportation of   from the first year
 2
       waste rock and coal                               to the end of project
       System to prevent dust with compressed air        from the first year
 3
       spray at the bunker pouring coal tailings         to 4th year
                                                         from the first year
 4     Planting green trees
                                                         to the end of project
 III   For the solid waste
       Boxes of solid waste in the ground activities,    from the first year
 1
       workshops                                         to the end of project
       Bins of hazardous waste collection, hired to      from the first year
 2
       handle                                            to the end of project
       The environment renovation and restoration
 IV
       after the mining
                                                         from the second
 1     Landfill area                                     year to the end of
                                                         the project
                                                         from the 12st year
 2     Underground mining area
                                                         to the end of project

5.1.2. Estimated funding for environmental protection

5.1.2.1. For works to reduce water pollution
According to the measures proposed in chapter 4, budget construction
projects to reduce water environment including such items as table 5.3 below:



Table 5.3: Estimated Budget and schedule of works
protecting the water environment




                                      176
                                                                             Duration
                                                                             of
                                              Volu   Price       Amount
No Name of works                  Unit                                       Constructio
                                              me     (103 đ)     (103 đ)
                                                                             n

        Construction of
                                                                             From 1st
        surface drains and        syste              1.500.000 1.500.000
1                                             01                             year to 2nd
        waste water produced      m
                                                                             year
        at the ground +35 (*)
        Construction of           syste
                                                     30.000.00 30.000.00     From 2nd to
2       underground               m           01
                                                     0         0             3rd year
        wastewater treatment
        Construction of living    syste
        wastewater treatment      m                                          From 3rd
3       systems for regional                  01     5.000.000 5.000.000     year to 4th
        activities on the                                                    year
        ground +35 (*)
        Oil & grease dividing     syste                                      From 2nd to
4                                             01     500.000     500.000
        system                    m                                          3rd year
        Dredge stream of the      work                                       From 1st to
5                                             01     4.000.000 4.000.000
        mine area                 s                                          4th year
                                                                 41.000.00
        Total
                                                                 0
    Note: (*) For the capital project

    5.1.2.2. For works to reduce air pollution

    According to the measures proposed in Chapter 4, the costs of construction
    works to minimize adverse impacts on air environment are shown in Table 5.4.

    Table 5.4: Estimated Budget and schedule of works to reduce air
    pollution

                                                                             Duration of
                                                Price            Amount
No Name of works               Unit      Volume                              Construction
                                                (103 đ)          (103 đ)
       System of stamping
       dust with water &
       compressed air in                                                   From 1st
1      the ovens (01 for       HT        05          300.000     1.500.000 year to
       stone tunneling                                                     finish project
       places and 04 for
       mining ovens) (*)
                                                                           From 1st
       Water vehicle
2                              piece 02              1.200.000   2.400.000 year to
       stamping road dust
                                                                           finish project
       System to prevent                                                   From 1st
3                              HT        01          450.000     450.000
       dust with water                                                     year to
                                               177
                                                                          Duration of
                                               Price         Amount
No Name of works               Unit     Volume                            Construction
                                               (103 đ)       (103 đ)
       spray & compressed                                                 finish project
       air at sorting plant
       Anti-dust system
       with high pressure                                                 From 1st
4      spray for sorting    HT          01         600.000   600.000      year to
       plant & roads                                                      finish project
                                                                          From 1st
       Planting green trees
5                              m2       5000                 50.000       year to 4th
       (*)
                                                                          year
       Total                                                 5.000.000
    Note: (*) For the capital project

    5.1.2.3. For works to reduce environmental pollution by solid waste

    Estimated funding for the project to minimize the impact of solid waste is
    shown in Table 5.5.

    Table 5.5: Estimated Budget to reduce environmental pollution by solid
    waste

                                                    Price            Duration of
                                                             Amount
No Name of works              Unit           Volume (103             Construction
                                                             (103 đ)
                                                    đ)
       Boxes of solid                                                    From 1st year
       waste in the                                                      to finish
1                                                            50.000
       ground, workshops                                                 project (30
       and hiring process                                                years)
       Cost of boxes and                                                 From 1st year
       leasing of treating                                               to finish
2                             Work/year                      300.000
       hazardous waste                                                   project (30
                                                                         years)
                                                                         From 1st year
       Dredge rivers,                                                    to finish
3                             Work/year                      500.000
       streams                                                           project (30
                                                                         years)
Total                                                        615.000

    5.1.2.4. For other works

    This section contains two items, including costs of annual environmental
    protection propaganda cost and annual environmental monitoring cost.

    * The cost of environmental protection propaganda: 70,000,000 VND / year x
    30 years = 2,100,000,000 VND

                                             178
* The cost for the service of environmental quality monitoring every year (three
months / stage). Estimated Budget for this work as follows:
30 years x 200 million VND / year = 6,000,000,000 VND

5.1.2.5. Synthesis Funding is expected to protect the environment of the
project

Total cost estimates for building works to protect the environment shown in
Table 5.6. (This cost does not include the cost of renovation and restoration of
the environment, specifically in a separate project).

Table 5.6: Cost estimate for construction items of the environmental
protection project
(Excluding project to renovate and restore the environment)
                             Name of works                               Amount (103 đ)
  No
   1    The works to reduce water pollution                                    41.000.000
   2    The works to reduce air pollution                                       5.000.000
   3    The works to reduce solid waste pollution                              18.450.000
   5    The other work                                                          5.100.000
                                    Total                                      69.550.000

5.1.3. Funding for renovation and restoration of the environment

The cost for the renovation and restoration of the environment after the mining project will be
made on separate details. This project will browse the competent authorities. Approved
funding will be based on deposits for environmental law and institutions to carry out the
renovation and restoration of the environment.

The volume of the renovation and restoration of the environment is shown in Table 5.7
below:
Table 5.7: Total volume of the renovation and restoration of the environment

                                                                               Implemen-
   No                 Work content                    Unit      Volume         tation time

          Industrial area of Skip Pit (+35 ÷
    I     -410) & Industrial area of Cage
          Pit (+35 ÷ -370)
    1     Part of the Pit mounth                                              After
                                                                            ending of
    -     concrete beams M200, stone 1x2               m3            14,63
                                                                           exploitation
          Concrete tank lids M200, stone
    -                                                  m3              8,60
          1x2
    -     Wood forms                                   m2              222


                                             179
-     Steel d=20                             Ton      1,2
-     Steel d=10                             Ton     1,23
-     Steel d=8                              Ton     0,41
2     The fence part
-     Digging                                M3     27,90
-     Soil applying                          M3      9,02
      Concrete lining foudation M100,
-                                            M3      3,99
      stone 4x6
      Build foudation with bricks &
-                                            M3     14,89
      mortar M75
-     Build brick wall 220 mortar M50        M3     16,54
      Summons a 1cm thick layer of
-                                            M3    150,40
      mortar M50
-     Steel net B40                          M2     75,20
      Waste storage in the seam 14 of
II
      East wing
1     Leveling of tailings, flating          M3    11.088
2     Transportation of planting soil        M3
      Organic soil excavation (ground
-                                            M3    61.600
      level II)                                              After
      Transporting organic soil by tilting                 ending of
-                                            M3    61.600
      truck 12T, distance 2km                             exploitation
-     Leveling, flating                      M3    61.600
3     Planting green trees.
      Planting trees leaves Tram
-     (density of 2000 trees / ha, hole      ha     12,32
      size 0.4 x0, 4x0, 4 m)
III   Industrial area
1     Dismantle works on the ground          M2     9.900
-     Demolition of the head, brick walls    M3     2.109
-     Removing of steel structures           Ton    4.031
                                                            After
-     Dismantling roof                       M2    30.227
                                                          ending of
-     Dismantling of steel mesh fence        M2      716 exploitation
      Demolition of a concrete
-                                            M3      316
      foundation
-     Demolition of concrete wall            M3     3.144
-     Demolition of concrete roof            M3      254


                                      180
           Demolition of the brick
       -                                          M2          3.012
           groundfloor
           Transportation of broken bricks,
       -   concrete to pour waste, transport      M3          8.835
           distance 2km
           Transportation of structural steel
       -   to disposal, transport distance        Ton         4.138
           2km
   2       Beating ground leveling
       -   grading by excavating                  M3         13.650
   3       Planting green trees
           Planting trees leaves Tram
       -   (density of 2000 trees / ha, hole      ha           4,55
           size 0.4 x0, 4x0, 4 m)
   IV      Improving stream Ha Tu
   1       dredge streams
           Soil excavation by excavator
       -                                          M3         12.000
           <=2,3 m3
                                                                       After
           Transport of waste disposal in
       -                                          M3         12.000 ending of
           dumps of 1km                                             exploitation
           Remodelling embankments in
   2
           damaged places
         Build VXM M75 stone
       -                                      M3          350
         embankments in damaged places
     Based on the workload made the total cost of renovation and restoration
of the environment is presented in Table 5.8 as follows:

    Table 5.8: Total cost to renovate and restore the environment of the
project                                                  Unit : 1000 VND
 No                           Cost items                              Total cost
                                TOTAL                                    11.668.435
   I       Construction cost                                             10.366.362
  I.1      cost of construction of main and auxiliary                    10.263.724
           Mounth of Skip Pit (+30 -:- -410) and Mounth of
  1                                                                         254.962
           Cage Pit (+30 -:- -370)
  2        Landfill in the 14 seam of East Wing                           2.689.787
  3        Industrial ground area                                         6.887.513
  4        Improving stream Hà Tu                                           431.462
  I.2      construction costs at construction sites for                     102.637

                                         181
        temporary housing and residential construction
        administration [ = 1% x (I.1) ]
   II   Project management costs                                        275.434
  III   Cost of construction investment consultancy                     412.331
  IV    Other costs                                                       58.668
  V     Reserve costs                                                   555.640
   1    Costs for arising work [ = 5% x (I+II+III+IV) ]                 555.640


5.1.4. Environment deposit
- Pursuant to Decision No. 71/2008/QD-TTg 29/5/2008 by the Prime Minister
on margin improvement and environmental restoration for the mining operation.
- Based on a total investment of the project.

* Total deposits for renovation and restoration of the environment.
The total amount that the investor will have to deposit to the Rehabilitation
Project, environmental restoration projects construction of Nui Beo coal
underground mine are: 14,940,974,000 (forteen billion nine hundred forty
million and nine hundred seventy four thousand).

* The amount of deposits and the deposit method:
Because the project is 34-year period of operation (over 3 years) it should be
allowed to deposit several times.

1. First deposit was identified as follows:
Since the project duration is 34 years of exploitation (over 20 years) should
first deposit rates by 15% of the escrow amount.
The amount that the investor will have to first deposit is:
14,940,974,000 VND x 15% = 2,241,146,000 VND

2. A deposit of next years (annually) as follows:
A deposit was then calculated by the escrow amount minus the initial deposit
amount and divided equally among the five remaining term of the mining
permit is granted.
So the amount that the investor will have to deposit annually:
(14940974000-2241146000) / (34-1) = 384,843,000 VND

5.2. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
5.2.1. Monitoring of waste.
Monitoring of waste listed in Table 5.9.




                                       182
Table 5.9. Monitoring of waste
                                                                         coordinates                      Frequency
    Content of          Monitoring                                                           standard
 No                                  Monitoring Location   Notation                                           of
    Monitoring          Parameters                                      X          Y        coordinates
                                                                                                          monitoring
                                     - For active Barrier
                                     zones in the seams
                                     8.9, 10, 11                Specified
                                     + Tunneling area           after the
                                     preparation                 project
                                     + In the mining ovens      goes into
                                     + Regional ventilation     operation
                                     tunnels
                                     + At fans stations
                   dust, noise,      - Plant separating                                         Vietnam
                                                                 GS_K1 19.048,43 410.843,42
                   vibration         oversized stone                                           standards
       Monitoring  levels, the       - Storage of coal                                      05:2009/BTNMT
                                                                 GS_K2 19.075,86 410.888,79                    3
       waste in an exhaust           capacity of 15000T
  1                                                                                             TCVSLĐ     months/
       environment gases: CO,        - The main ventilation
                                                                 GS_K3 19.077,05 410.821,98    3733-2002    times
       of air      CO2, NO,          station                                                TCN 14.06.2006
                   NO2, SO2,
                                     - High tilting filling
                   CH4 ...                                       GS_K4 19.059,40 410.778,29 TCVN 6962-2001
                                     station of waste rock
                                     - Stone (oversized
                                     coal) filling station from  GS_K5 19.100,44 410.840,48
                                     stone splitting plant
                                     - Fixed compressor
                                                                 GS_K6 19.026,69 410.823,43
                                     station
                                     - Coal conveyor to the
                                                                 GS_K7 19.133,88 410.939,95
                                     Ha Lam sorting plant
                                     - Landfill area             GS_K8 20.282,15 410.599,14

                                                           183
                                - Road of discharging
                                                          GS_K9    19.773,72 410.461,69
                                wast
                                                                                                            3
                                                                                                        months/
                                Output separate oil                                                      times
                                                          GS_NT1   19.053,11 410.701,69
                                tank collection

                 TSS, grease,
                 oil, pH, BOD,
                 COD, Hg, Pb,                                                               Vietnam
    Wastwater    As,        Cd,                                                            standards
2
    monitoring   conductivity, Output waste water                                       24:2009/BTNMT
                 salt,          treatment system from GS_NT2       18.868,19 411.427,27 QCVN 14:2008
                 turbidity,Fe,  pits
                 Mn…


                                Output system
                                domestic waste water      GS_NT3   18.848,44 411.313,03
                                treatment
                 - waste rock                                                                               3
                 soil:                                                                                  months/
                 monitoring     - Storage of mine                                                        times
                                                                                            Vietnam
                 techniques     waste
                                                                                           standards
    Monitoring   and proper     - The workshop repair
                                                                                           6706:2000
3    of solid    disposal at    and maintenance, the
                                                                                          Thông tư số
     waste       prescribed     lights ...
                                                                                          12/2006TT-
                 places         - Office work,
                                                                                            BTNMT
                 - Hazardous    dormitory, dining house
                 waste:
                 monitor the

                                                          184
                    number and
                    types
                    - Household
                    waste


5.2.2. Monitoring the ambient environment

Implement the monitoring environment in order to monitor the project's impact to habitat of communities and ecosystems
around. From the evaluation results to help project owners to adjust and timely corrective measures in time to ensure
environmental standards.

The project owner to conduct ambient monitoring in Table 5.10.

Table 5.10: Monitoring of ambient enviroment
                                                                            coordinates                         Frequency
      Content of      Monitoring                                                                  standard
 No                                   Monitoring Location Notation                                                  of
      Monitoring      Parameters                                           X           Y         coordinates
                                                                                                                monitoring
                                      Residential area near
                                      the road (west           GS_K10   19.025,08 410.465,29
                                      industrial area +35)
                     Micro-                                                                      Vietnam
                                      Residential area near
                     climate, dust,
                                      the road (southwest      GS_K11   18.474,51 410.433,35    standards
      Environment noise,
                                      industrial area +35)                                   05:2009/BTNMT 6 months/
  1   of air, noise, vibration,
                                      Residential area near                                    TCVN 6962-    times
        vibration    Gases: CO,
                                      the road (south          GS_K12   18.494,73 410.773,89       2001
                     CO2, NO,
                                      industrial area +35)                                   TCVN 5949-1998
                     NO2, SO2
                                      Residential area
                                      close to the five tons   GS_K13 18.961,09 411.202,69
                                      of explosives

                                                               185
                                   warehouse
                                   The residential area
                                   adjacent to a
                                   conveyor line sorting    GS_K14 19.082,49 411.694,58
                                   factory Ha Lam
                                   (point 1)
                                   The residential area
                                   adjacent to a
                                   conveyor line sorting    GS_K15   19.460,65 411.713,79
                                   factory Ha Lam
                                   (point 2)
                                   Residential area near
                                   the road (north          GS_K16   19.253,80 410.746,88
                                   industrial area +35)
                TSS, grease,
                oil, pH, BOD,
                COD,        Hg,
                Pb, As, Cd,                                                                  Vietnam
                                                                                                        6 months/
2     Surface   conductivity,      - Hà Tu stream            NM1     18.937,89 411.565,52   standards
                                                                                                          times
       water    salt,                                                                        08:2008
                turbidity,Fe,
                Mn, Hg, Pb,
                As, Cd…
                TSS, grease,       - Well Digging     on
                oil, pH, BOD,                                NN1     19.086,33 410.945,65
                                   surface area +35
                COD, Fe, Hg,                                                                 Vietnam
    Underground                                                                                         6 months/
3               Pb, As, Cd,                                                                 standards
       water                                                                                              times
                conductivity,      - Tube well for living                                    09:2008
                                                             NN2     20.000,19 411.883,06
                salt, turbidity,   water supply
                Mn…

                                                            186
5.2.3. Other Monitoring

In addition to monitoring waste and the environment, the company will carry out surveillance
under the table by 5:11.

Table 5.11: Monitoring of other factors

         Monitoring                                  Monitoring     monitoring
  No                         Monitoring content
          factors                                       area         frequency
                           - Monitoring of         - waste
        Monitoring of
                           erosion, landslides     storage
        erosion, slope
                           caused by discharge     - The area      6 months/
   1    failure,
                           - Monitoring the impact adjacent to the time
        subsidence of
                           of opencast mining to   opencast mine
        terrain
                           underground mining,     Nui Beo
                           monitoring capability
                           sedimentation        of
        Monitoring
                           streams due to mining, Hà Tu            6 months/
   2    sedimentation
                           processing          and Stream          time
        of stream
                           discharge of mine
                           waste




                                            187
Chapter 6: Community consultation
Community consultation as a means to socialize the project, to help
communities understand the project, to understand the positive and negative
impacts of the project to the economic life of local society.

The investment project of Nui Beo coal mine - Nui Beo Coal JSC - TKV, a mine
of Ha Long City, Quang Ninh and thus the popular consultation of local officials
and community residence, where the project is realized, is needed. Investors
have carried out public projects for local governments to consult the local
officers about the project, the environmental impacts of the project on the
environment, the environmental protection measures that the project will be
implemented. Receiving reviews of the People's Committee, National Front
Committee of the province.... to better solutions for environmental protection of
the project.

6.1. OPINION OF THE PEOPLE'S COMMITTEE OF WARD HA TU:
Opinions and comments of the People's Committee of Ha Tu Ward: on the
reports of environmental impact assessment of the "Project construction Nui
Beo coal underground mining, Nui Beo Coal JSC - TKV "as follows:

1. We agree with the content and the mitigation measures outlined in the
summary report on environmental impact assessment of the project;
2. During the project realization, Vietnam National Coal-Mineral Industries
Group has to note the following:
- To educate officials and employees aware of environmental protection in
production areas surrounding the mine.
- To limit dust and noise in the sorting area, the coal storage and along
transportation of tailings.
- To build a system of industrial waste water treatment and domestic waste
water treatment in accordance with the progress of the project.
- To collect and manage measures are appropriate for the solid waste
generated in the mining areas. Make registration of hazardous waste
management for waste and hazardous waste under current regulations.
- To renovate and restore the environment after mining, and pay environmental
deposits.
- To conduct monitoring and supervision of environmental quality in every stage
of the project.

6.2. COMMENTS OF WARD HA TU NATIONAL FRONT COMMITTEE.

To repply the Document No. 2801B dated on 14/10/2009 of company Nui Beo
Coal JSC - TKV about input comments on report on environmental impact


                                      188
assessment of "construction project of exploitation Nui Beo Coal Underground
Mining, Nui Beo Coal JSC - TKV, "Ha Tu Ward Fatherland Front Committee
comments as follows:

1. We agree with the content and the measures contained in the summary
report on environmental impact assessment of the project.
2. During construction, the project should have measures to reduce pollution
(air, water, soil and solid waste).
3. Project owners need to perform environmental monitoring project in
operation, pay attention to the impacts on the community areas (dust, noise, air,
surface ...);
4. The Vietnam National Coal-Mineral Industries Group have pledged to fully
implement measures to minimize negative environmental impacts and incidents,
which can occur when the project goes into operation.

6.3. COMMENTS OF THE PROJECT OWNERS ABOUT THE COMMENTS
AND OPINIONS OF THE COMMUNE PEOPLE'S COMMITTEE AND
NATIONAL FRONT COMMITTEE.

Based on the comments of the People Committee and National Front
Committee of Ha Tu Ward, the Nui Beo Coal JSC - TKV will accept the
suggestions and would meet the requirements of Ha Tu Ward People
Committee and National Front Committee for the report. The company is
committed to:

1. Compliance with standards, technical regulations of Vietnam environment,
including:
- Air Environment: Ensure standards QCVN 05:2009 / BTNMT;
- Criteria for vibration, shock TCVN6962: 2001;
- Wastewater: industrial wastewater committed after treatment to meet Class B
in accordance QCVN 24:2009 / BTNMT (B), domestic wastes reached QCVN
14:2008 / BTNMT (B) will be released environment.
2. To pay fees for environmental protection for waste water.
3. To pay fees for environmental protection for mining.
4. To pay fees for environmental protection for solid waste.
5. To pay deposits for environmental rehabilitation in the spirit of Decision
dated 29/05/2008 71/2008/QD-CP guiding the margin improvement and
environmental restoration activities for mining production.
6. The investor is committed to full implementation of the measures, measures
to minimize the adverse impact of environmental projects in preparation phase,
construction phase of infrastructure as well as during operation content of the
project as presented in Chapter 4 of this report.
7. Commitment to implement environmental management programs,
environmental monitoring program as outlined in Chapter 5.




                                      189
CONCLUSIONS, RECOMMENDATIONS AND COMMITMENTS

I. CONCLUSION.
The process of building reports on environmental impact assessment "Project
construction Nui Beo coal underground mining, Nui Beo Coal JSC - TKV"
conducted on the basis of surveys of natural conditions, - economic and social
sector project implementation; consider technology research and investment
works in the project reviewed the study, compared with the other mining
projects have put activities of regional and Vietnam National Coal-Mineral
Industries Group. Thereby, the evaluation of environmental impacts when
projects are put into practice, the proposed measures to mitigate adverse
impacts on the regional environment. Conclusions of the report include the
following:

1. "Project construction of Nui Beo coal underground mine, Nui Beo Coal JSC -
TKV" is feasible project in terms of economic and technical. When the project
goes into operation it will promote economic and social development of Ha
Long City - Quang Ninh, mobilize for a large volume of coal to provide more for
domestic and foreign markets, ensuring the country's coal demand. Mining
technology applied to the mine of Nui Beo is quite advanced mining technology,
thus ensuring the productivity of labor, occupational safety, reduce loss of
resources.

The project after being put into operation will bring steady work and income for
more than 2100 staff and workers, while facilitating economic development -
society for the city of Ha Long - Quang Ninh.

2. The mining, coal processing and ancillary activities of the project during
implementation if no mitigation measures would cause major impacts to the
environment:

- Impacts on water discharge from active mine wastewater: wastewater from
pits where the largest flow of about 1750 m3/h with acidity, suspended solids,
concentration of Fe, Mn higher than the standards.

- Spreading of rock dust, and toxic gas into the atmosphere by blasting
operations, loading and exposure, ground transportation, coal processing
operations and other support activities, polluting local air pollution, and
increased pollution for the surrounding area.

- The total volume of waste rock dump on the annual average 90,000 tons /
year will occupy an area of the region and the existence will be the



                                      190
environmental impact of air and water.

- The project also entails the risk of fire and gas, water explossions, landfill
slope failure and the risk of explosion and operating machinery.

3. To reduce to a minimum the negative impacts of the project to the natural
environment, economy, social sector, the investor has set out the mitigation
measures and commitment to implement the following solutions:

- Construction of wastewater treatment systems meeting the design capacity
and ensuring standards before being discharged into the environment for waste
water, underground mines, waste water and waste water from mechanical
repair workshop treatment, treatment efficiency reached 80-90%. Besides it
needs the construction works to minimize the impact of runoff water from the
landfill and surface of mine.

- Apply the water spray dust on the road transportation of coal and
transportation of rock. Implement measures to reduce air pollution in the
process technology. Planting trees in the area of the sorting plant and landfill
areas to reduce emissions of pollutants.

- To carry out proper disposal techniques and the scope for disposal; strictly
abide by the management and handling of hazardous solid waste.

- Implement measures to minimize adverse impacts on the economic – social
environment as proposed chapter 4.

- Perform margin improvement, environmental restoration and implementation
of renovation and restoration of the environment after the mining project for
agency approval.

4. During the process of reporting on environmental impact assessment of
projects, the investors have done good work in consultation with the
communities and the People's Committee and National Front Committee of the
local project in the ward Ha Tu.The investors have received the comments of
the community to complete the project.



II. RECOMMENDATIONS.

Through the EIA report "Project construction Nui Beo coal underground mine,
Nui Beo Coal JSC - TKV" the investors have a number of following
recommendations:




                                        191
1. The project is implemented on the area, where on the surrounding area
there are many other coal mine exploiting. Investors propose the People
Committee of Quang Ninh Province and the Vietnam Natioanl Coal-Minerals
Industries Group to plan to manage the surrounding coal companies in the
region with the implementation of the following:

- Coordinate the implementation of technical solutions to minimize dust, noise
during transport. Upgrade and repair transportation, especially roads through
residential areas.

- Coordinate the implementation of environmental restoration after the end of
exploitation by the master plan of the mines in the area.

- Coordinate the implementation of environmental monitoring, setting up
surveillance systems to easily assess the level of pollution of the region ....

2. Recommend the management agencies, regional community in the area of
project to do monitoring the implementation of the investors realizing programs
for environmental protection projects as promised in the report of
environmental impact assessment approved approval.



III. COMMITMENT.

Nui Beo Coal JSC - TKV, the project investor commitments:

1. Compliance with standards, technical regulations of Vietnam environment,
including:

- Air Environment: Ensure standards QCVN 05:2009 / BTNMT; The exhaust
gases discharged into the environment surrounding air Decision No.
22/2006/QD - BTNMT of Minister of Natural Resources and Environment on
18/12/2006 on mandatory to respect Vietnam standards on the environment.

- Criteria for vibration, shock vibration TCVN 6962:2001 specified by the
construction activities and industrial production; maximum noise level permitted
for industrial environments and residential areas.

- Wastewater: The investor is committed to discharge waste water into the
environment only when the industrial waste water is after treatment to meet
Class B in accordance QCVN 24:2009 / BTNMT (B), and domestic wastes
reached QCVN 14:2008 / BTNMT (B).

2. To pay fees for environmental protection for waste water, according to
Decree No. 67/2003/ND-CP dated 13/06/2003 and Decree No. 04/2007/ND -


                                        192
CP 8 January 2007 the Government's "Back to edit and amending some
articles of Decree No. 67/2003/ND - CP 13 June 2003 of the Government on
environmental protection charges for waste water, "Joint Circular No.
106/2007/TTLT-BTC -BTNMT on 06/9/2007 amended a number of Joint
Circular No. 18/12/2003 125/2003/TTLT-BTC-BTNMT environmental protection
charges for wastewater.

3. To pay fees for environmental protection for mining under Decree
63/2008/ND-CP dated 13/5/2008 of Government on environmental protection
fees for mineral exploitation.

4. To pay fees for environmental protection for solid waste under Decree No.
174/2007/ND-CP dated 29/11/2007 and the circular dated 19.05.2008 of the
financial 39/2008/TT-BTC guiding the implementation of Decree No.
174/2007/ND-CP on environmental protection charges for solid waste.

5. Implementing regulations for design approval and design of fire protection
under the law of 27/2001/QH10 PCCC, Decree No. 35/2003/ND-CP on the
detailed provisions for implementation of some articles of the Fire Code ,
Circular on guiding 04/2004/TT-BCA decree 35/2003/ND-CP.

6. Deposit for environmental rehabilitation in the spirit of Decision dated
29/05/2008 71/2008/QD-CP guiding the margin improvement and
environmental restoration activities for mining production.

7. The investor is committed to full implementation of the measures, to
minimize the adverse impact of environmental projects in preparation phase,
construction phase of infrastructure as well as during operation content of the
project as presented in Chapter 4 of this report.

8. Commitment to implement environmental management programs,
environmental monitoring program as outlined in Chapter 5; made
commitments to the community as stated in Section 6.3 Chapter 6 of the EIA
report.

9. Commitment to implement measures to reduce pollution at each stage of the
project.

10. Commitment to compensation for the occurrence of environmental
incidents.

11. Commitment to reform, environmental recovery after finishing the
exploitation.




                                       193

				
DOCUMENT INFO
Shared By:
Categories:
Tags:
Stats:
views:5
posted:2/24/2012
language:
pages:193